albatross - regs qb
Post on 15-Jul-2016
30 Views
Preview:
DESCRIPTION
TRANSCRIPT
AIR REGULATIONSshy ~
From Stllirufus Question CBanli fl-4 qufranwapoundJ Jlppt
J43fltJc~1Jilfgs ljgtUri~ftw t[)IOii-ll001g
The air traffic service which prevents the collision between aircraft is called
a) b) cV
Alerting service Flightinfonnation serviCe Air traffic control service
2 Prior to take- off the responsibility to check the serviceability of radio equipment lies with the -- -y
a) Commander of aircraft b) Radio operator c) Co-pilot
The authority to detain an aircraft is given in which document
a) Rule 8 of aircraft rules 1937 Section 8 of aircraft act 1934bull b)
c) OGCA circular nO8
4 Aer9drome broadcasting service is provided by
a) OGCA b Controller of Aerodromes
Qcl7 ~trort Authorjtydf India
If an aircraft makes a non precision approach the viSibility minima~wlicabie is
a) Given by the operator if filed by the operator with the OGCA b) DGCA minima if no minima is filed by the operator with the OGCA
c Both are correct--
middot6 The visibility minima for Take Off if the aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) Skm b) 27k~
c) 37 km
7 The runway threshold lights are
fa Green b Blue c) Amber d) White
8middot The threshold of runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines upJor takeoffmiddot b) That points on the beginnin~()f runway used for landing
c) The beginning of the runway
9 A VFR flight can lane at a controlled aerodrome if visibility is
9810363214
suriruferaviatoryafioocoin
2
a) 15 Jltm -sr more middot~ b) 37 km or more
c) 5 km or more
10 The starboard navigation light)s
Green 110 deg from ahead to the left Green 110 deg from ahead to the right Green 110 deg from behind to the right
11 The displaced threshold lights are
~ Green Blue
c) Amber
12 The duty time of the trainee pilot
gt A is calculated by the FDTv-shyb) is not affected by FDTL c) FOTL is applicable for scheduled flights only
13 A fresh iiight plan is required if at a controlied aerodiOma a scheduled night is delayed by
a) 2hrs b) 1 hrs c) 30m~
14 Longitudinal separation between aircraft flying at the Sam~ level amp on the same track ~ - -
a) 15 mts b) 10 mts ifnavigational aids permit frequent determination of position amp speed
Both are correct ~ A
15 The endurance of aircraft is
a) flight fuel + fuel for 45 minutes b) flight fuel + fuel to alternate + fuel for 45 minutes c) flight fuel + fuel to alternate + fuel for holding for 30 minutes + contingency
fuel
16 Track (M) is 200 the flight level to flying the quad rental rule is a) 160
b) 50 c) 75 ygt 80
~bull
11 While transiteing from quad rental system to semicircular system the aircraft should
v1i) cfimb by 500 ~
feet--middotshyb) descend by 500 feetX c) no change in flight level is require if RT contact is maintained
18 While transiting from semicircular system to quadrantal system the aircraft should
a) climb by 500 feet I
A5j descend by 500 feetmiddot shyc) no change in flight level is require if RT contact is maintained
-19 After being deared to land an aircraft fails to land within 5 minutes of the estimated time of landing It is termed as
a) distress phase ~ alertpbase a) INCERFA b) Search phase
Ao Area of Matnura refinery is a
a) Danger area f5f Prohibited area
Restricted area
21 The minimum distance an aircraft can f1yfrom-intemaoonalbor-defts
~ 15nm 20nm
c) 10nm
22 The controi area which is in the vicinity of one or more aerodromes is called a
~ Control area b) Control zone c) Aerodromes control area
23 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to
a) all aircraft registered in India b) all airctaft registered in India amp Military aircraft ampState aircraft amp State aircraft
4 aircraft whether registered in India or not except Military aircraft amp State aircraft
d) aU aircraft whether registered in India or not
24 Aerodrome operation minima is given by the
a) OGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by DGCALd) India Met Department
25 For carriage of arms ampammunition on board an aircraft
a) permission from DGCA is required b) permission from Army HQ is required
-pound permission from Central Govt is required d) permission from operator is required
26 For flights of foreign military aircraft aver India clearance is required from
a) central Govt
4
b) OGCA ~ Air Heaaquarters
27 The Ai~ft Act 1934 is applicable to whole of India ana is applied to
a ~itizen of India wherever they may be b) To and to persons on board ale required in India where they may be
28 The aircraft registered in C~tegory A belong to
COl-3)L b) a (ompany Qr corporation regd in India and having principle place of
business in India and its chairman with atleast 213 of directors are COl
29 A~rial work aircraft means an ac usedfoC individ~~LplfrpQS~s but does not include publicmiddottransport - --- ~-gt
--lt bull _
~-hru --30 Petroleum in bulk- means fuel in receptacle more than 900 Jbamp in capacity
31 The minimum age for the issue of CPL IS 18 years
32 The maximum number of landings by a pilot in one day
a) is not restricted for trainin9 fiying b) but if training is conducted after a scheduled flight the maximum number of
landings is six c) for a scheduled flight maximum of six landings
~__-_all are correct
33 A pilot involved in an aircraft acCident can ~tart flying again
a) When ever detailed by the operator _ lt When cleared by the OGCA for flying after a corrective flying training if~ necessary
c) When ever he is medically fit
The operational control consists oLinitiation continuation termination and division of a flight
--35 A Cessna 152 amp a Boeing 737 are on a converging course at same altitude Which aircraft has the right of way
a) Ught aircraft (Cessna 152) b) Heavier aircraft (Boeing 737)
The aircraft on the rightY 36 ATIS is a repetitive and continuous broadcast of VHF which gives METAR
and status ~f non visuallanding aids ATIS AJo~middotc TeJ ~~L~ ~hk
Flying an aircraft in a manner to cause danger to a person or property is punishable with
a) Imprisonment up to two months or fine or both --shyb) Imprisonment up to six months or fine or both c) imprisonment up to two months or fine of Rs 1000- or both
Imprisonment up to ~ix months or fine of Rs 1000- or both~ -
shy
--
5
38 For f1yinga non scheduled aircraft of foreign registration n to India for non traffic purposes the permission must be obtained from
a) ICAO OGCA~
c) Aerodrome officer of the airport of landing d) An officer authorized by the ~ntral Govt
39 During a night cross-country on relative bearing of 270 you see the red light if an aircraft
a) You turn right to avoid collision b) Turn leftto~avoid the collision
There s no fear of collisiollft 40 VFR Flying below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled aerodromethe ViSIbility is
c a) 15Km
5000 meters 8000 meters
41 The aerodrome operating minima is given by
Operator amp approved by DGCA b) OGCA c) AAI
v-42 A series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 sec means
Distress
~
A b) Urgency c) Indication ofdanger
43 $eries of green flashes directed towards an aircraft means
a) Clear to Take Off b) Clear for landing
Clear to Taxi shyret
44 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft can be tempered with or shifted to
a) Extricate persons or animals whether alive or dead b) Bring it to a place of safety c) Prevent inconvenienceotstruction to public
All are correctf v--45 The maximum flying a pilot can do in one year is
A 1000 hrs b) 1500 hrs c) 1200hrs
46 When an aircraft is being refueled the refueling must be stopped if a jet aircraft crosses with in a distance of
~
6
a) 15 meters b) 30 meters
- 43 meters~
d) 45 meters
47 Anti collision lights are mandatory for
at Aircraft AUWgt 5700 Kg b) Aircraft AUW gt 1500 Kg c) Any aircraft carrying passengers d) All aircraft
48 Instrument flight time is
a) All flight time in IFR AU flying time when the flying is done only with reference to) instruments
c) Only when flying in clouds
A9 Area of operation where no ADC is required
a) Local flying area A1f Within 5 nm of an aerodrome c) Control zone d) Control area
50 What information is to be iocluded in the third ~ection of an Air report
a) Air Temperature Icing Turbulence b) Spot Windlcing Cloud above
Spot Wind Air Temperature Icing Tubul~nce1 vS1 Navigation chargesare baSed upon
a) Airspeed b) Flying time over India A)VJ AU U Ue~- 1 -amp ~
- c) Distance flown I D -etr AUW
52 Destruction of buildings amp trees on approach path is mentioned in
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft rules 1954
c) Aircraft rules 1976 d) Aircraft rules 1996
53 Lateral separation to be maintained when crossing a holding point
15 nm from the Nav aid ~ 5 minutes
c) 5 nm from the Nay aid
On an international flight the maximum number of hours flown and the number of
landings in a day are
fr 913 b) 84
]- shy
c 63
55 A unit set up to provide air traffic control for aerodrome traffic is
c-aJ Aerodrome control service b) Aerodrome control tower c) Area control service
The most effective way to use eves at night is
a) Focus only at dim lights at a distance b) Flutter eyes rapidly
1 Scan slowly to center off vision Focus only on bright lights
57 when approaching to land on a flat darkened or flat snow covered surface the approach might appear to be
ar High - )~
b Steep
A Shallow d) Low
58 A portion of the airport reserved for loading off loading of cargo passengersparJciog of aircraft amp for small maintenance except for taxiing is called
A Apron b Movement area c) Maneuvering area d) Taxiway
59 The flight duty time limitations are raid down in
a) Aircraft manual b) Aircraft Rules 1937
AIC AehJgt~~ ~~~ ((~Lu~ d) As in a amp the maximum daty time for domestic operations is limited to 11
hours
vAiO Minimum rest period after domestic flight duty is
a) Twice the duty time performed b) Twice the flight time performed
As in b but not less than 8 hours71 61 The maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 30 days
ar~
a) 100
Ig 125 80
d) 120
reg The Maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 7 days are
a) 30
8
b) 50 c) 40 d) 25
63 At an aerodrome the aerobatics can becarried out above 6000 feet
A
a) Beyond 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome b) Beyond 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
Within 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome d) Within 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
64 Flying in Danger area is
a) Prohibited b) Permitted above a certain flight level
A Allowed if permitted by A TC ~
d) Allowed if permitted by DGCA
65 Flying in an aircraft below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled airspace the minimum horizontal separation from clouds is
~
a) 300 meters b) 500 meters
1500 meters 1500 feet
66 An aircraft wants to indicate tne difficulties which eompel to land without requiring assistance will do so by
a) firing red pyrotechnically lights b) firing red amp green pyrotechnically lights
firing white pyrotechnically lights or by repeated switching ON amp OFF-of ~ the LandinJ light of navigation ligh~
67 Aircraft is helding North amp sees green navigation lightof another aircraft at a relative bearing of045 the aircraft
~
a) are on a collision course rr are not on a collision course
c) Could be on a collision course
~68 Above f1~ght level 290 the vertical clearance between aircrafts on reciprocal tracks is
a) 1000 feet ff 2000 feet c) 4000 feet
Lateral separation using VOR is
15 degat distance of more than 15 nm~ b) 30 deg at distance of more than 15 nm c) 10 deg at distance of more than 15 nm
70 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft 6n RNJ can be removed
a) extricate dead animal amp persons
71
Z2
73
74
75
L77
78
79
9
~v extriclte animals amp persons dead or alive c) to pennit movement of other aircraft
An aircraft lands atan uncontrolled aerodrome can take off again
a) with the permission of OGCA A without any permission of PGCA
c) only if there is no injUy-loany onemiddot
Changes in the aeronautical services which are likely to last for more than 2 hr~ aremiddot given in NOTAMS
Series AA b) Series B c) SeriesG
On board a civil aircraft the Airl=orce Army Navy personnel can
a) not carry arms at all h carry arms with the pennission of DGCA
sarry anns with the permissjonolcentraJGovlA )lt
Aircraft incident must be reported with in
a) 24 hrs b) -36 hrs
-48 hrs(1shyAn aircraft accident is to be reported with in
24 hrs~ 36 hrs
c) 46 hrsmiddotmiddot
An aircraft in circuit encounters RIT failure how will the pilot acknowledge the light signals received by him
a) The pilot will pitch the nose up and down -1)) The pilot will rock wings
c) The pilot will switch onoff the landing lights
Petroleum in bulk means
a) Petroleum in receptacle of 900 Lit shy)i( Petroleum in ~ceptacJe ofmore than 900 Ut~ c) Petroleum in receptacle of less than 900 Lit
o
Red Pyrotechnical light given to an aircraft in flight by the Control tower means
a) Keep circling and give way to another aircraft b) You can land here at this aerodrome
$dr4 Not withstanding previous instruction do not land for the time being d) means nothing to an aircraft in air
Incubation period for Relapsing Fever
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
2
a) 15 Jltm -sr more middot~ b) 37 km or more
c) 5 km or more
10 The starboard navigation light)s
Green 110 deg from ahead to the left Green 110 deg from ahead to the right Green 110 deg from behind to the right
11 The displaced threshold lights are
~ Green Blue
c) Amber
12 The duty time of the trainee pilot
gt A is calculated by the FDTv-shyb) is not affected by FDTL c) FOTL is applicable for scheduled flights only
13 A fresh iiight plan is required if at a controlied aerodiOma a scheduled night is delayed by
a) 2hrs b) 1 hrs c) 30m~
14 Longitudinal separation between aircraft flying at the Sam~ level amp on the same track ~ - -
a) 15 mts b) 10 mts ifnavigational aids permit frequent determination of position amp speed
Both are correct ~ A
15 The endurance of aircraft is
a) flight fuel + fuel for 45 minutes b) flight fuel + fuel to alternate + fuel for 45 minutes c) flight fuel + fuel to alternate + fuel for holding for 30 minutes + contingency
fuel
16 Track (M) is 200 the flight level to flying the quad rental rule is a) 160
b) 50 c) 75 ygt 80
~bull
11 While transiteing from quad rental system to semicircular system the aircraft should
v1i) cfimb by 500 ~
feet--middotshyb) descend by 500 feetX c) no change in flight level is require if RT contact is maintained
18 While transiting from semicircular system to quadrantal system the aircraft should
a) climb by 500 feet I
A5j descend by 500 feetmiddot shyc) no change in flight level is require if RT contact is maintained
-19 After being deared to land an aircraft fails to land within 5 minutes of the estimated time of landing It is termed as
a) distress phase ~ alertpbase a) INCERFA b) Search phase
Ao Area of Matnura refinery is a
a) Danger area f5f Prohibited area
Restricted area
21 The minimum distance an aircraft can f1yfrom-intemaoonalbor-defts
~ 15nm 20nm
c) 10nm
22 The controi area which is in the vicinity of one or more aerodromes is called a
~ Control area b) Control zone c) Aerodromes control area
23 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to
a) all aircraft registered in India b) all airctaft registered in India amp Military aircraft ampState aircraft amp State aircraft
4 aircraft whether registered in India or not except Military aircraft amp State aircraft
d) aU aircraft whether registered in India or not
24 Aerodrome operation minima is given by the
a) OGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by DGCALd) India Met Department
25 For carriage of arms ampammunition on board an aircraft
a) permission from DGCA is required b) permission from Army HQ is required
-pound permission from Central Govt is required d) permission from operator is required
26 For flights of foreign military aircraft aver India clearance is required from
a) central Govt
4
b) OGCA ~ Air Heaaquarters
27 The Ai~ft Act 1934 is applicable to whole of India ana is applied to
a ~itizen of India wherever they may be b) To and to persons on board ale required in India where they may be
28 The aircraft registered in C~tegory A belong to
COl-3)L b) a (ompany Qr corporation regd in India and having principle place of
business in India and its chairman with atleast 213 of directors are COl
29 A~rial work aircraft means an ac usedfoC individ~~LplfrpQS~s but does not include publicmiddottransport - --- ~-gt
--lt bull _
~-hru --30 Petroleum in bulk- means fuel in receptacle more than 900 Jbamp in capacity
31 The minimum age for the issue of CPL IS 18 years
32 The maximum number of landings by a pilot in one day
a) is not restricted for trainin9 fiying b) but if training is conducted after a scheduled flight the maximum number of
landings is six c) for a scheduled flight maximum of six landings
~__-_all are correct
33 A pilot involved in an aircraft acCident can ~tart flying again
a) When ever detailed by the operator _ lt When cleared by the OGCA for flying after a corrective flying training if~ necessary
c) When ever he is medically fit
The operational control consists oLinitiation continuation termination and division of a flight
--35 A Cessna 152 amp a Boeing 737 are on a converging course at same altitude Which aircraft has the right of way
a) Ught aircraft (Cessna 152) b) Heavier aircraft (Boeing 737)
The aircraft on the rightY 36 ATIS is a repetitive and continuous broadcast of VHF which gives METAR
and status ~f non visuallanding aids ATIS AJo~middotc TeJ ~~L~ ~hk
Flying an aircraft in a manner to cause danger to a person or property is punishable with
a) Imprisonment up to two months or fine or both --shyb) Imprisonment up to six months or fine or both c) imprisonment up to two months or fine of Rs 1000- or both
Imprisonment up to ~ix months or fine of Rs 1000- or both~ -
shy
--
5
38 For f1yinga non scheduled aircraft of foreign registration n to India for non traffic purposes the permission must be obtained from
a) ICAO OGCA~
c) Aerodrome officer of the airport of landing d) An officer authorized by the ~ntral Govt
39 During a night cross-country on relative bearing of 270 you see the red light if an aircraft
a) You turn right to avoid collision b) Turn leftto~avoid the collision
There s no fear of collisiollft 40 VFR Flying below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled aerodromethe ViSIbility is
c a) 15Km
5000 meters 8000 meters
41 The aerodrome operating minima is given by
Operator amp approved by DGCA b) OGCA c) AAI
v-42 A series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 sec means
Distress
~
A b) Urgency c) Indication ofdanger
43 $eries of green flashes directed towards an aircraft means
a) Clear to Take Off b) Clear for landing
Clear to Taxi shyret
44 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft can be tempered with or shifted to
a) Extricate persons or animals whether alive or dead b) Bring it to a place of safety c) Prevent inconvenienceotstruction to public
All are correctf v--45 The maximum flying a pilot can do in one year is
A 1000 hrs b) 1500 hrs c) 1200hrs
46 When an aircraft is being refueled the refueling must be stopped if a jet aircraft crosses with in a distance of
~
6
a) 15 meters b) 30 meters
- 43 meters~
d) 45 meters
47 Anti collision lights are mandatory for
at Aircraft AUWgt 5700 Kg b) Aircraft AUW gt 1500 Kg c) Any aircraft carrying passengers d) All aircraft
48 Instrument flight time is
a) All flight time in IFR AU flying time when the flying is done only with reference to) instruments
c) Only when flying in clouds
A9 Area of operation where no ADC is required
a) Local flying area A1f Within 5 nm of an aerodrome c) Control zone d) Control area
50 What information is to be iocluded in the third ~ection of an Air report
a) Air Temperature Icing Turbulence b) Spot Windlcing Cloud above
Spot Wind Air Temperature Icing Tubul~nce1 vS1 Navigation chargesare baSed upon
a) Airspeed b) Flying time over India A)VJ AU U Ue~- 1 -amp ~
- c) Distance flown I D -etr AUW
52 Destruction of buildings amp trees on approach path is mentioned in
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft rules 1954
c) Aircraft rules 1976 d) Aircraft rules 1996
53 Lateral separation to be maintained when crossing a holding point
15 nm from the Nav aid ~ 5 minutes
c) 5 nm from the Nay aid
On an international flight the maximum number of hours flown and the number of
landings in a day are
fr 913 b) 84
]- shy
c 63
55 A unit set up to provide air traffic control for aerodrome traffic is
c-aJ Aerodrome control service b) Aerodrome control tower c) Area control service
The most effective way to use eves at night is
a) Focus only at dim lights at a distance b) Flutter eyes rapidly
1 Scan slowly to center off vision Focus only on bright lights
57 when approaching to land on a flat darkened or flat snow covered surface the approach might appear to be
ar High - )~
b Steep
A Shallow d) Low
58 A portion of the airport reserved for loading off loading of cargo passengersparJciog of aircraft amp for small maintenance except for taxiing is called
A Apron b Movement area c) Maneuvering area d) Taxiway
59 The flight duty time limitations are raid down in
a) Aircraft manual b) Aircraft Rules 1937
AIC AehJgt~~ ~~~ ((~Lu~ d) As in a amp the maximum daty time for domestic operations is limited to 11
hours
vAiO Minimum rest period after domestic flight duty is
a) Twice the duty time performed b) Twice the flight time performed
As in b but not less than 8 hours71 61 The maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 30 days
ar~
a) 100
Ig 125 80
d) 120
reg The Maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 7 days are
a) 30
8
b) 50 c) 40 d) 25
63 At an aerodrome the aerobatics can becarried out above 6000 feet
A
a) Beyond 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome b) Beyond 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
Within 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome d) Within 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
64 Flying in Danger area is
a) Prohibited b) Permitted above a certain flight level
A Allowed if permitted by A TC ~
d) Allowed if permitted by DGCA
65 Flying in an aircraft below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled airspace the minimum horizontal separation from clouds is
~
a) 300 meters b) 500 meters
1500 meters 1500 feet
66 An aircraft wants to indicate tne difficulties which eompel to land without requiring assistance will do so by
a) firing red pyrotechnically lights b) firing red amp green pyrotechnically lights
firing white pyrotechnically lights or by repeated switching ON amp OFF-of ~ the LandinJ light of navigation ligh~
67 Aircraft is helding North amp sees green navigation lightof another aircraft at a relative bearing of045 the aircraft
~
a) are on a collision course rr are not on a collision course
c) Could be on a collision course
~68 Above f1~ght level 290 the vertical clearance between aircrafts on reciprocal tracks is
a) 1000 feet ff 2000 feet c) 4000 feet
Lateral separation using VOR is
15 degat distance of more than 15 nm~ b) 30 deg at distance of more than 15 nm c) 10 deg at distance of more than 15 nm
70 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft 6n RNJ can be removed
a) extricate dead animal amp persons
71
Z2
73
74
75
L77
78
79
9
~v extriclte animals amp persons dead or alive c) to pennit movement of other aircraft
An aircraft lands atan uncontrolled aerodrome can take off again
a) with the permission of OGCA A without any permission of PGCA
c) only if there is no injUy-loany onemiddot
Changes in the aeronautical services which are likely to last for more than 2 hr~ aremiddot given in NOTAMS
Series AA b) Series B c) SeriesG
On board a civil aircraft the Airl=orce Army Navy personnel can
a) not carry arms at all h carry arms with the pennission of DGCA
sarry anns with the permissjonolcentraJGovlA )lt
Aircraft incident must be reported with in
a) 24 hrs b) -36 hrs
-48 hrs(1shyAn aircraft accident is to be reported with in
24 hrs~ 36 hrs
c) 46 hrsmiddotmiddot
An aircraft in circuit encounters RIT failure how will the pilot acknowledge the light signals received by him
a) The pilot will pitch the nose up and down -1)) The pilot will rock wings
c) The pilot will switch onoff the landing lights
Petroleum in bulk means
a) Petroleum in receptacle of 900 Lit shy)i( Petroleum in ~ceptacJe ofmore than 900 Ut~ c) Petroleum in receptacle of less than 900 Lit
o
Red Pyrotechnical light given to an aircraft in flight by the Control tower means
a) Keep circling and give way to another aircraft b) You can land here at this aerodrome
$dr4 Not withstanding previous instruction do not land for the time being d) means nothing to an aircraft in air
Incubation period for Relapsing Fever
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
a) climb by 500 feet I
A5j descend by 500 feetmiddot shyc) no change in flight level is require if RT contact is maintained
-19 After being deared to land an aircraft fails to land within 5 minutes of the estimated time of landing It is termed as
a) distress phase ~ alertpbase a) INCERFA b) Search phase
Ao Area of Matnura refinery is a
a) Danger area f5f Prohibited area
Restricted area
21 The minimum distance an aircraft can f1yfrom-intemaoonalbor-defts
~ 15nm 20nm
c) 10nm
22 The controi area which is in the vicinity of one or more aerodromes is called a
~ Control area b) Control zone c) Aerodromes control area
23 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to
a) all aircraft registered in India b) all airctaft registered in India amp Military aircraft ampState aircraft amp State aircraft
4 aircraft whether registered in India or not except Military aircraft amp State aircraft
d) aU aircraft whether registered in India or not
24 Aerodrome operation minima is given by the
a) OGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by DGCALd) India Met Department
25 For carriage of arms ampammunition on board an aircraft
a) permission from DGCA is required b) permission from Army HQ is required
-pound permission from Central Govt is required d) permission from operator is required
26 For flights of foreign military aircraft aver India clearance is required from
a) central Govt
4
b) OGCA ~ Air Heaaquarters
27 The Ai~ft Act 1934 is applicable to whole of India ana is applied to
a ~itizen of India wherever they may be b) To and to persons on board ale required in India where they may be
28 The aircraft registered in C~tegory A belong to
COl-3)L b) a (ompany Qr corporation regd in India and having principle place of
business in India and its chairman with atleast 213 of directors are COl
29 A~rial work aircraft means an ac usedfoC individ~~LplfrpQS~s but does not include publicmiddottransport - --- ~-gt
--lt bull _
~-hru --30 Petroleum in bulk- means fuel in receptacle more than 900 Jbamp in capacity
31 The minimum age for the issue of CPL IS 18 years
32 The maximum number of landings by a pilot in one day
a) is not restricted for trainin9 fiying b) but if training is conducted after a scheduled flight the maximum number of
landings is six c) for a scheduled flight maximum of six landings
~__-_all are correct
33 A pilot involved in an aircraft acCident can ~tart flying again
a) When ever detailed by the operator _ lt When cleared by the OGCA for flying after a corrective flying training if~ necessary
c) When ever he is medically fit
The operational control consists oLinitiation continuation termination and division of a flight
--35 A Cessna 152 amp a Boeing 737 are on a converging course at same altitude Which aircraft has the right of way
a) Ught aircraft (Cessna 152) b) Heavier aircraft (Boeing 737)
The aircraft on the rightY 36 ATIS is a repetitive and continuous broadcast of VHF which gives METAR
and status ~f non visuallanding aids ATIS AJo~middotc TeJ ~~L~ ~hk
Flying an aircraft in a manner to cause danger to a person or property is punishable with
a) Imprisonment up to two months or fine or both --shyb) Imprisonment up to six months or fine or both c) imprisonment up to two months or fine of Rs 1000- or both
Imprisonment up to ~ix months or fine of Rs 1000- or both~ -
shy
--
5
38 For f1yinga non scheduled aircraft of foreign registration n to India for non traffic purposes the permission must be obtained from
a) ICAO OGCA~
c) Aerodrome officer of the airport of landing d) An officer authorized by the ~ntral Govt
39 During a night cross-country on relative bearing of 270 you see the red light if an aircraft
a) You turn right to avoid collision b) Turn leftto~avoid the collision
There s no fear of collisiollft 40 VFR Flying below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled aerodromethe ViSIbility is
c a) 15Km
5000 meters 8000 meters
41 The aerodrome operating minima is given by
Operator amp approved by DGCA b) OGCA c) AAI
v-42 A series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 sec means
Distress
~
A b) Urgency c) Indication ofdanger
43 $eries of green flashes directed towards an aircraft means
a) Clear to Take Off b) Clear for landing
Clear to Taxi shyret
44 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft can be tempered with or shifted to
a) Extricate persons or animals whether alive or dead b) Bring it to a place of safety c) Prevent inconvenienceotstruction to public
All are correctf v--45 The maximum flying a pilot can do in one year is
A 1000 hrs b) 1500 hrs c) 1200hrs
46 When an aircraft is being refueled the refueling must be stopped if a jet aircraft crosses with in a distance of
~
6
a) 15 meters b) 30 meters
- 43 meters~
d) 45 meters
47 Anti collision lights are mandatory for
at Aircraft AUWgt 5700 Kg b) Aircraft AUW gt 1500 Kg c) Any aircraft carrying passengers d) All aircraft
48 Instrument flight time is
a) All flight time in IFR AU flying time when the flying is done only with reference to) instruments
c) Only when flying in clouds
A9 Area of operation where no ADC is required
a) Local flying area A1f Within 5 nm of an aerodrome c) Control zone d) Control area
50 What information is to be iocluded in the third ~ection of an Air report
a) Air Temperature Icing Turbulence b) Spot Windlcing Cloud above
Spot Wind Air Temperature Icing Tubul~nce1 vS1 Navigation chargesare baSed upon
a) Airspeed b) Flying time over India A)VJ AU U Ue~- 1 -amp ~
- c) Distance flown I D -etr AUW
52 Destruction of buildings amp trees on approach path is mentioned in
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft rules 1954
c) Aircraft rules 1976 d) Aircraft rules 1996
53 Lateral separation to be maintained when crossing a holding point
15 nm from the Nav aid ~ 5 minutes
c) 5 nm from the Nay aid
On an international flight the maximum number of hours flown and the number of
landings in a day are
fr 913 b) 84
]- shy
c 63
55 A unit set up to provide air traffic control for aerodrome traffic is
c-aJ Aerodrome control service b) Aerodrome control tower c) Area control service
The most effective way to use eves at night is
a) Focus only at dim lights at a distance b) Flutter eyes rapidly
1 Scan slowly to center off vision Focus only on bright lights
57 when approaching to land on a flat darkened or flat snow covered surface the approach might appear to be
ar High - )~
b Steep
A Shallow d) Low
58 A portion of the airport reserved for loading off loading of cargo passengersparJciog of aircraft amp for small maintenance except for taxiing is called
A Apron b Movement area c) Maneuvering area d) Taxiway
59 The flight duty time limitations are raid down in
a) Aircraft manual b) Aircraft Rules 1937
AIC AehJgt~~ ~~~ ((~Lu~ d) As in a amp the maximum daty time for domestic operations is limited to 11
hours
vAiO Minimum rest period after domestic flight duty is
a) Twice the duty time performed b) Twice the flight time performed
As in b but not less than 8 hours71 61 The maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 30 days
ar~
a) 100
Ig 125 80
d) 120
reg The Maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 7 days are
a) 30
8
b) 50 c) 40 d) 25
63 At an aerodrome the aerobatics can becarried out above 6000 feet
A
a) Beyond 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome b) Beyond 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
Within 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome d) Within 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
64 Flying in Danger area is
a) Prohibited b) Permitted above a certain flight level
A Allowed if permitted by A TC ~
d) Allowed if permitted by DGCA
65 Flying in an aircraft below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled airspace the minimum horizontal separation from clouds is
~
a) 300 meters b) 500 meters
1500 meters 1500 feet
66 An aircraft wants to indicate tne difficulties which eompel to land without requiring assistance will do so by
a) firing red pyrotechnically lights b) firing red amp green pyrotechnically lights
firing white pyrotechnically lights or by repeated switching ON amp OFF-of ~ the LandinJ light of navigation ligh~
67 Aircraft is helding North amp sees green navigation lightof another aircraft at a relative bearing of045 the aircraft
~
a) are on a collision course rr are not on a collision course
c) Could be on a collision course
~68 Above f1~ght level 290 the vertical clearance between aircrafts on reciprocal tracks is
a) 1000 feet ff 2000 feet c) 4000 feet
Lateral separation using VOR is
15 degat distance of more than 15 nm~ b) 30 deg at distance of more than 15 nm c) 10 deg at distance of more than 15 nm
70 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft 6n RNJ can be removed
a) extricate dead animal amp persons
71
Z2
73
74
75
L77
78
79
9
~v extriclte animals amp persons dead or alive c) to pennit movement of other aircraft
An aircraft lands atan uncontrolled aerodrome can take off again
a) with the permission of OGCA A without any permission of PGCA
c) only if there is no injUy-loany onemiddot
Changes in the aeronautical services which are likely to last for more than 2 hr~ aremiddot given in NOTAMS
Series AA b) Series B c) SeriesG
On board a civil aircraft the Airl=orce Army Navy personnel can
a) not carry arms at all h carry arms with the pennission of DGCA
sarry anns with the permissjonolcentraJGovlA )lt
Aircraft incident must be reported with in
a) 24 hrs b) -36 hrs
-48 hrs(1shyAn aircraft accident is to be reported with in
24 hrs~ 36 hrs
c) 46 hrsmiddotmiddot
An aircraft in circuit encounters RIT failure how will the pilot acknowledge the light signals received by him
a) The pilot will pitch the nose up and down -1)) The pilot will rock wings
c) The pilot will switch onoff the landing lights
Petroleum in bulk means
a) Petroleum in receptacle of 900 Lit shy)i( Petroleum in ~ceptacJe ofmore than 900 Ut~ c) Petroleum in receptacle of less than 900 Lit
o
Red Pyrotechnical light given to an aircraft in flight by the Control tower means
a) Keep circling and give way to another aircraft b) You can land here at this aerodrome
$dr4 Not withstanding previous instruction do not land for the time being d) means nothing to an aircraft in air
Incubation period for Relapsing Fever
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
4
b) OGCA ~ Air Heaaquarters
27 The Ai~ft Act 1934 is applicable to whole of India ana is applied to
a ~itizen of India wherever they may be b) To and to persons on board ale required in India where they may be
28 The aircraft registered in C~tegory A belong to
COl-3)L b) a (ompany Qr corporation regd in India and having principle place of
business in India and its chairman with atleast 213 of directors are COl
29 A~rial work aircraft means an ac usedfoC individ~~LplfrpQS~s but does not include publicmiddottransport - --- ~-gt
--lt bull _
~-hru --30 Petroleum in bulk- means fuel in receptacle more than 900 Jbamp in capacity
31 The minimum age for the issue of CPL IS 18 years
32 The maximum number of landings by a pilot in one day
a) is not restricted for trainin9 fiying b) but if training is conducted after a scheduled flight the maximum number of
landings is six c) for a scheduled flight maximum of six landings
~__-_all are correct
33 A pilot involved in an aircraft acCident can ~tart flying again
a) When ever detailed by the operator _ lt When cleared by the OGCA for flying after a corrective flying training if~ necessary
c) When ever he is medically fit
The operational control consists oLinitiation continuation termination and division of a flight
--35 A Cessna 152 amp a Boeing 737 are on a converging course at same altitude Which aircraft has the right of way
a) Ught aircraft (Cessna 152) b) Heavier aircraft (Boeing 737)
The aircraft on the rightY 36 ATIS is a repetitive and continuous broadcast of VHF which gives METAR
and status ~f non visuallanding aids ATIS AJo~middotc TeJ ~~L~ ~hk
Flying an aircraft in a manner to cause danger to a person or property is punishable with
a) Imprisonment up to two months or fine or both --shyb) Imprisonment up to six months or fine or both c) imprisonment up to two months or fine of Rs 1000- or both
Imprisonment up to ~ix months or fine of Rs 1000- or both~ -
shy
--
5
38 For f1yinga non scheduled aircraft of foreign registration n to India for non traffic purposes the permission must be obtained from
a) ICAO OGCA~
c) Aerodrome officer of the airport of landing d) An officer authorized by the ~ntral Govt
39 During a night cross-country on relative bearing of 270 you see the red light if an aircraft
a) You turn right to avoid collision b) Turn leftto~avoid the collision
There s no fear of collisiollft 40 VFR Flying below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled aerodromethe ViSIbility is
c a) 15Km
5000 meters 8000 meters
41 The aerodrome operating minima is given by
Operator amp approved by DGCA b) OGCA c) AAI
v-42 A series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 sec means
Distress
~
A b) Urgency c) Indication ofdanger
43 $eries of green flashes directed towards an aircraft means
a) Clear to Take Off b) Clear for landing
Clear to Taxi shyret
44 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft can be tempered with or shifted to
a) Extricate persons or animals whether alive or dead b) Bring it to a place of safety c) Prevent inconvenienceotstruction to public
All are correctf v--45 The maximum flying a pilot can do in one year is
A 1000 hrs b) 1500 hrs c) 1200hrs
46 When an aircraft is being refueled the refueling must be stopped if a jet aircraft crosses with in a distance of
~
6
a) 15 meters b) 30 meters
- 43 meters~
d) 45 meters
47 Anti collision lights are mandatory for
at Aircraft AUWgt 5700 Kg b) Aircraft AUW gt 1500 Kg c) Any aircraft carrying passengers d) All aircraft
48 Instrument flight time is
a) All flight time in IFR AU flying time when the flying is done only with reference to) instruments
c) Only when flying in clouds
A9 Area of operation where no ADC is required
a) Local flying area A1f Within 5 nm of an aerodrome c) Control zone d) Control area
50 What information is to be iocluded in the third ~ection of an Air report
a) Air Temperature Icing Turbulence b) Spot Windlcing Cloud above
Spot Wind Air Temperature Icing Tubul~nce1 vS1 Navigation chargesare baSed upon
a) Airspeed b) Flying time over India A)VJ AU U Ue~- 1 -amp ~
- c) Distance flown I D -etr AUW
52 Destruction of buildings amp trees on approach path is mentioned in
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft rules 1954
c) Aircraft rules 1976 d) Aircraft rules 1996
53 Lateral separation to be maintained when crossing a holding point
15 nm from the Nav aid ~ 5 minutes
c) 5 nm from the Nay aid
On an international flight the maximum number of hours flown and the number of
landings in a day are
fr 913 b) 84
]- shy
c 63
55 A unit set up to provide air traffic control for aerodrome traffic is
c-aJ Aerodrome control service b) Aerodrome control tower c) Area control service
The most effective way to use eves at night is
a) Focus only at dim lights at a distance b) Flutter eyes rapidly
1 Scan slowly to center off vision Focus only on bright lights
57 when approaching to land on a flat darkened or flat snow covered surface the approach might appear to be
ar High - )~
b Steep
A Shallow d) Low
58 A portion of the airport reserved for loading off loading of cargo passengersparJciog of aircraft amp for small maintenance except for taxiing is called
A Apron b Movement area c) Maneuvering area d) Taxiway
59 The flight duty time limitations are raid down in
a) Aircraft manual b) Aircraft Rules 1937
AIC AehJgt~~ ~~~ ((~Lu~ d) As in a amp the maximum daty time for domestic operations is limited to 11
hours
vAiO Minimum rest period after domestic flight duty is
a) Twice the duty time performed b) Twice the flight time performed
As in b but not less than 8 hours71 61 The maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 30 days
ar~
a) 100
Ig 125 80
d) 120
reg The Maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 7 days are
a) 30
8
b) 50 c) 40 d) 25
63 At an aerodrome the aerobatics can becarried out above 6000 feet
A
a) Beyond 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome b) Beyond 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
Within 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome d) Within 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
64 Flying in Danger area is
a) Prohibited b) Permitted above a certain flight level
A Allowed if permitted by A TC ~
d) Allowed if permitted by DGCA
65 Flying in an aircraft below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled airspace the minimum horizontal separation from clouds is
~
a) 300 meters b) 500 meters
1500 meters 1500 feet
66 An aircraft wants to indicate tne difficulties which eompel to land without requiring assistance will do so by
a) firing red pyrotechnically lights b) firing red amp green pyrotechnically lights
firing white pyrotechnically lights or by repeated switching ON amp OFF-of ~ the LandinJ light of navigation ligh~
67 Aircraft is helding North amp sees green navigation lightof another aircraft at a relative bearing of045 the aircraft
~
a) are on a collision course rr are not on a collision course
c) Could be on a collision course
~68 Above f1~ght level 290 the vertical clearance between aircrafts on reciprocal tracks is
a) 1000 feet ff 2000 feet c) 4000 feet
Lateral separation using VOR is
15 degat distance of more than 15 nm~ b) 30 deg at distance of more than 15 nm c) 10 deg at distance of more than 15 nm
70 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft 6n RNJ can be removed
a) extricate dead animal amp persons
71
Z2
73
74
75
L77
78
79
9
~v extriclte animals amp persons dead or alive c) to pennit movement of other aircraft
An aircraft lands atan uncontrolled aerodrome can take off again
a) with the permission of OGCA A without any permission of PGCA
c) only if there is no injUy-loany onemiddot
Changes in the aeronautical services which are likely to last for more than 2 hr~ aremiddot given in NOTAMS
Series AA b) Series B c) SeriesG
On board a civil aircraft the Airl=orce Army Navy personnel can
a) not carry arms at all h carry arms with the pennission of DGCA
sarry anns with the permissjonolcentraJGovlA )lt
Aircraft incident must be reported with in
a) 24 hrs b) -36 hrs
-48 hrs(1shyAn aircraft accident is to be reported with in
24 hrs~ 36 hrs
c) 46 hrsmiddotmiddot
An aircraft in circuit encounters RIT failure how will the pilot acknowledge the light signals received by him
a) The pilot will pitch the nose up and down -1)) The pilot will rock wings
c) The pilot will switch onoff the landing lights
Petroleum in bulk means
a) Petroleum in receptacle of 900 Lit shy)i( Petroleum in ~ceptacJe ofmore than 900 Ut~ c) Petroleum in receptacle of less than 900 Lit
o
Red Pyrotechnical light given to an aircraft in flight by the Control tower means
a) Keep circling and give way to another aircraft b) You can land here at this aerodrome
$dr4 Not withstanding previous instruction do not land for the time being d) means nothing to an aircraft in air
Incubation period for Relapsing Fever
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
5
38 For f1yinga non scheduled aircraft of foreign registration n to India for non traffic purposes the permission must be obtained from
a) ICAO OGCA~
c) Aerodrome officer of the airport of landing d) An officer authorized by the ~ntral Govt
39 During a night cross-country on relative bearing of 270 you see the red light if an aircraft
a) You turn right to avoid collision b) Turn leftto~avoid the collision
There s no fear of collisiollft 40 VFR Flying below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled aerodromethe ViSIbility is
c a) 15Km
5000 meters 8000 meters
41 The aerodrome operating minima is given by
Operator amp approved by DGCA b) OGCA c) AAI
v-42 A series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 sec means
Distress
~
A b) Urgency c) Indication ofdanger
43 $eries of green flashes directed towards an aircraft means
a) Clear to Take Off b) Clear for landing
Clear to Taxi shyret
44 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft can be tempered with or shifted to
a) Extricate persons or animals whether alive or dead b) Bring it to a place of safety c) Prevent inconvenienceotstruction to public
All are correctf v--45 The maximum flying a pilot can do in one year is
A 1000 hrs b) 1500 hrs c) 1200hrs
46 When an aircraft is being refueled the refueling must be stopped if a jet aircraft crosses with in a distance of
~
6
a) 15 meters b) 30 meters
- 43 meters~
d) 45 meters
47 Anti collision lights are mandatory for
at Aircraft AUWgt 5700 Kg b) Aircraft AUW gt 1500 Kg c) Any aircraft carrying passengers d) All aircraft
48 Instrument flight time is
a) All flight time in IFR AU flying time when the flying is done only with reference to) instruments
c) Only when flying in clouds
A9 Area of operation where no ADC is required
a) Local flying area A1f Within 5 nm of an aerodrome c) Control zone d) Control area
50 What information is to be iocluded in the third ~ection of an Air report
a) Air Temperature Icing Turbulence b) Spot Windlcing Cloud above
Spot Wind Air Temperature Icing Tubul~nce1 vS1 Navigation chargesare baSed upon
a) Airspeed b) Flying time over India A)VJ AU U Ue~- 1 -amp ~
- c) Distance flown I D -etr AUW
52 Destruction of buildings amp trees on approach path is mentioned in
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft rules 1954
c) Aircraft rules 1976 d) Aircraft rules 1996
53 Lateral separation to be maintained when crossing a holding point
15 nm from the Nav aid ~ 5 minutes
c) 5 nm from the Nay aid
On an international flight the maximum number of hours flown and the number of
landings in a day are
fr 913 b) 84
]- shy
c 63
55 A unit set up to provide air traffic control for aerodrome traffic is
c-aJ Aerodrome control service b) Aerodrome control tower c) Area control service
The most effective way to use eves at night is
a) Focus only at dim lights at a distance b) Flutter eyes rapidly
1 Scan slowly to center off vision Focus only on bright lights
57 when approaching to land on a flat darkened or flat snow covered surface the approach might appear to be
ar High - )~
b Steep
A Shallow d) Low
58 A portion of the airport reserved for loading off loading of cargo passengersparJciog of aircraft amp for small maintenance except for taxiing is called
A Apron b Movement area c) Maneuvering area d) Taxiway
59 The flight duty time limitations are raid down in
a) Aircraft manual b) Aircraft Rules 1937
AIC AehJgt~~ ~~~ ((~Lu~ d) As in a amp the maximum daty time for domestic operations is limited to 11
hours
vAiO Minimum rest period after domestic flight duty is
a) Twice the duty time performed b) Twice the flight time performed
As in b but not less than 8 hours71 61 The maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 30 days
ar~
a) 100
Ig 125 80
d) 120
reg The Maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 7 days are
a) 30
8
b) 50 c) 40 d) 25
63 At an aerodrome the aerobatics can becarried out above 6000 feet
A
a) Beyond 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome b) Beyond 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
Within 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome d) Within 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
64 Flying in Danger area is
a) Prohibited b) Permitted above a certain flight level
A Allowed if permitted by A TC ~
d) Allowed if permitted by DGCA
65 Flying in an aircraft below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled airspace the minimum horizontal separation from clouds is
~
a) 300 meters b) 500 meters
1500 meters 1500 feet
66 An aircraft wants to indicate tne difficulties which eompel to land without requiring assistance will do so by
a) firing red pyrotechnically lights b) firing red amp green pyrotechnically lights
firing white pyrotechnically lights or by repeated switching ON amp OFF-of ~ the LandinJ light of navigation ligh~
67 Aircraft is helding North amp sees green navigation lightof another aircraft at a relative bearing of045 the aircraft
~
a) are on a collision course rr are not on a collision course
c) Could be on a collision course
~68 Above f1~ght level 290 the vertical clearance between aircrafts on reciprocal tracks is
a) 1000 feet ff 2000 feet c) 4000 feet
Lateral separation using VOR is
15 degat distance of more than 15 nm~ b) 30 deg at distance of more than 15 nm c) 10 deg at distance of more than 15 nm
70 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft 6n RNJ can be removed
a) extricate dead animal amp persons
71
Z2
73
74
75
L77
78
79
9
~v extriclte animals amp persons dead or alive c) to pennit movement of other aircraft
An aircraft lands atan uncontrolled aerodrome can take off again
a) with the permission of OGCA A without any permission of PGCA
c) only if there is no injUy-loany onemiddot
Changes in the aeronautical services which are likely to last for more than 2 hr~ aremiddot given in NOTAMS
Series AA b) Series B c) SeriesG
On board a civil aircraft the Airl=orce Army Navy personnel can
a) not carry arms at all h carry arms with the pennission of DGCA
sarry anns with the permissjonolcentraJGovlA )lt
Aircraft incident must be reported with in
a) 24 hrs b) -36 hrs
-48 hrs(1shyAn aircraft accident is to be reported with in
24 hrs~ 36 hrs
c) 46 hrsmiddotmiddot
An aircraft in circuit encounters RIT failure how will the pilot acknowledge the light signals received by him
a) The pilot will pitch the nose up and down -1)) The pilot will rock wings
c) The pilot will switch onoff the landing lights
Petroleum in bulk means
a) Petroleum in receptacle of 900 Lit shy)i( Petroleum in ~ceptacJe ofmore than 900 Ut~ c) Petroleum in receptacle of less than 900 Lit
o
Red Pyrotechnical light given to an aircraft in flight by the Control tower means
a) Keep circling and give way to another aircraft b) You can land here at this aerodrome
$dr4 Not withstanding previous instruction do not land for the time being d) means nothing to an aircraft in air
Incubation period for Relapsing Fever
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
~
6
a) 15 meters b) 30 meters
- 43 meters~
d) 45 meters
47 Anti collision lights are mandatory for
at Aircraft AUWgt 5700 Kg b) Aircraft AUW gt 1500 Kg c) Any aircraft carrying passengers d) All aircraft
48 Instrument flight time is
a) All flight time in IFR AU flying time when the flying is done only with reference to) instruments
c) Only when flying in clouds
A9 Area of operation where no ADC is required
a) Local flying area A1f Within 5 nm of an aerodrome c) Control zone d) Control area
50 What information is to be iocluded in the third ~ection of an Air report
a) Air Temperature Icing Turbulence b) Spot Windlcing Cloud above
Spot Wind Air Temperature Icing Tubul~nce1 vS1 Navigation chargesare baSed upon
a) Airspeed b) Flying time over India A)VJ AU U Ue~- 1 -amp ~
- c) Distance flown I D -etr AUW
52 Destruction of buildings amp trees on approach path is mentioned in
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft rules 1954
c) Aircraft rules 1976 d) Aircraft rules 1996
53 Lateral separation to be maintained when crossing a holding point
15 nm from the Nav aid ~ 5 minutes
c) 5 nm from the Nay aid
On an international flight the maximum number of hours flown and the number of
landings in a day are
fr 913 b) 84
]- shy
c 63
55 A unit set up to provide air traffic control for aerodrome traffic is
c-aJ Aerodrome control service b) Aerodrome control tower c) Area control service
The most effective way to use eves at night is
a) Focus only at dim lights at a distance b) Flutter eyes rapidly
1 Scan slowly to center off vision Focus only on bright lights
57 when approaching to land on a flat darkened or flat snow covered surface the approach might appear to be
ar High - )~
b Steep
A Shallow d) Low
58 A portion of the airport reserved for loading off loading of cargo passengersparJciog of aircraft amp for small maintenance except for taxiing is called
A Apron b Movement area c) Maneuvering area d) Taxiway
59 The flight duty time limitations are raid down in
a) Aircraft manual b) Aircraft Rules 1937
AIC AehJgt~~ ~~~ ((~Lu~ d) As in a amp the maximum daty time for domestic operations is limited to 11
hours
vAiO Minimum rest period after domestic flight duty is
a) Twice the duty time performed b) Twice the flight time performed
As in b but not less than 8 hours71 61 The maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 30 days
ar~
a) 100
Ig 125 80
d) 120
reg The Maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 7 days are
a) 30
8
b) 50 c) 40 d) 25
63 At an aerodrome the aerobatics can becarried out above 6000 feet
A
a) Beyond 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome b) Beyond 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
Within 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome d) Within 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
64 Flying in Danger area is
a) Prohibited b) Permitted above a certain flight level
A Allowed if permitted by A TC ~
d) Allowed if permitted by DGCA
65 Flying in an aircraft below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled airspace the minimum horizontal separation from clouds is
~
a) 300 meters b) 500 meters
1500 meters 1500 feet
66 An aircraft wants to indicate tne difficulties which eompel to land without requiring assistance will do so by
a) firing red pyrotechnically lights b) firing red amp green pyrotechnically lights
firing white pyrotechnically lights or by repeated switching ON amp OFF-of ~ the LandinJ light of navigation ligh~
67 Aircraft is helding North amp sees green navigation lightof another aircraft at a relative bearing of045 the aircraft
~
a) are on a collision course rr are not on a collision course
c) Could be on a collision course
~68 Above f1~ght level 290 the vertical clearance between aircrafts on reciprocal tracks is
a) 1000 feet ff 2000 feet c) 4000 feet
Lateral separation using VOR is
15 degat distance of more than 15 nm~ b) 30 deg at distance of more than 15 nm c) 10 deg at distance of more than 15 nm
70 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft 6n RNJ can be removed
a) extricate dead animal amp persons
71
Z2
73
74
75
L77
78
79
9
~v extriclte animals amp persons dead or alive c) to pennit movement of other aircraft
An aircraft lands atan uncontrolled aerodrome can take off again
a) with the permission of OGCA A without any permission of PGCA
c) only if there is no injUy-loany onemiddot
Changes in the aeronautical services which are likely to last for more than 2 hr~ aremiddot given in NOTAMS
Series AA b) Series B c) SeriesG
On board a civil aircraft the Airl=orce Army Navy personnel can
a) not carry arms at all h carry arms with the pennission of DGCA
sarry anns with the permissjonolcentraJGovlA )lt
Aircraft incident must be reported with in
a) 24 hrs b) -36 hrs
-48 hrs(1shyAn aircraft accident is to be reported with in
24 hrs~ 36 hrs
c) 46 hrsmiddotmiddot
An aircraft in circuit encounters RIT failure how will the pilot acknowledge the light signals received by him
a) The pilot will pitch the nose up and down -1)) The pilot will rock wings
c) The pilot will switch onoff the landing lights
Petroleum in bulk means
a) Petroleum in receptacle of 900 Lit shy)i( Petroleum in ~ceptacJe ofmore than 900 Ut~ c) Petroleum in receptacle of less than 900 Lit
o
Red Pyrotechnical light given to an aircraft in flight by the Control tower means
a) Keep circling and give way to another aircraft b) You can land here at this aerodrome
$dr4 Not withstanding previous instruction do not land for the time being d) means nothing to an aircraft in air
Incubation period for Relapsing Fever
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
]- shy
c 63
55 A unit set up to provide air traffic control for aerodrome traffic is
c-aJ Aerodrome control service b) Aerodrome control tower c) Area control service
The most effective way to use eves at night is
a) Focus only at dim lights at a distance b) Flutter eyes rapidly
1 Scan slowly to center off vision Focus only on bright lights
57 when approaching to land on a flat darkened or flat snow covered surface the approach might appear to be
ar High - )~
b Steep
A Shallow d) Low
58 A portion of the airport reserved for loading off loading of cargo passengersparJciog of aircraft amp for small maintenance except for taxiing is called
A Apron b Movement area c) Maneuvering area d) Taxiway
59 The flight duty time limitations are raid down in
a) Aircraft manual b) Aircraft Rules 1937
AIC AehJgt~~ ~~~ ((~Lu~ d) As in a amp the maximum daty time for domestic operations is limited to 11
hours
vAiO Minimum rest period after domestic flight duty is
a) Twice the duty time performed b) Twice the flight time performed
As in b but not less than 8 hours71 61 The maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 30 days
ar~
a) 100
Ig 125 80
d) 120
reg The Maximum number of hours that can be flown by a pilot in consecutive 7 days are
a) 30
8
b) 50 c) 40 d) 25
63 At an aerodrome the aerobatics can becarried out above 6000 feet
A
a) Beyond 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome b) Beyond 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
Within 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome d) Within 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
64 Flying in Danger area is
a) Prohibited b) Permitted above a certain flight level
A Allowed if permitted by A TC ~
d) Allowed if permitted by DGCA
65 Flying in an aircraft below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled airspace the minimum horizontal separation from clouds is
~
a) 300 meters b) 500 meters
1500 meters 1500 feet
66 An aircraft wants to indicate tne difficulties which eompel to land without requiring assistance will do so by
a) firing red pyrotechnically lights b) firing red amp green pyrotechnically lights
firing white pyrotechnically lights or by repeated switching ON amp OFF-of ~ the LandinJ light of navigation ligh~
67 Aircraft is helding North amp sees green navigation lightof another aircraft at a relative bearing of045 the aircraft
~
a) are on a collision course rr are not on a collision course
c) Could be on a collision course
~68 Above f1~ght level 290 the vertical clearance between aircrafts on reciprocal tracks is
a) 1000 feet ff 2000 feet c) 4000 feet
Lateral separation using VOR is
15 degat distance of more than 15 nm~ b) 30 deg at distance of more than 15 nm c) 10 deg at distance of more than 15 nm
70 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft 6n RNJ can be removed
a) extricate dead animal amp persons
71
Z2
73
74
75
L77
78
79
9
~v extriclte animals amp persons dead or alive c) to pennit movement of other aircraft
An aircraft lands atan uncontrolled aerodrome can take off again
a) with the permission of OGCA A without any permission of PGCA
c) only if there is no injUy-loany onemiddot
Changes in the aeronautical services which are likely to last for more than 2 hr~ aremiddot given in NOTAMS
Series AA b) Series B c) SeriesG
On board a civil aircraft the Airl=orce Army Navy personnel can
a) not carry arms at all h carry arms with the pennission of DGCA
sarry anns with the permissjonolcentraJGovlA )lt
Aircraft incident must be reported with in
a) 24 hrs b) -36 hrs
-48 hrs(1shyAn aircraft accident is to be reported with in
24 hrs~ 36 hrs
c) 46 hrsmiddotmiddot
An aircraft in circuit encounters RIT failure how will the pilot acknowledge the light signals received by him
a) The pilot will pitch the nose up and down -1)) The pilot will rock wings
c) The pilot will switch onoff the landing lights
Petroleum in bulk means
a) Petroleum in receptacle of 900 Lit shy)i( Petroleum in ~ceptacJe ofmore than 900 Ut~ c) Petroleum in receptacle of less than 900 Lit
o
Red Pyrotechnical light given to an aircraft in flight by the Control tower means
a) Keep circling and give way to another aircraft b) You can land here at this aerodrome
$dr4 Not withstanding previous instruction do not land for the time being d) means nothing to an aircraft in air
Incubation period for Relapsing Fever
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
8
b) 50 c) 40 d) 25
63 At an aerodrome the aerobatics can becarried out above 6000 feet
A
a) Beyond 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome b) Beyond 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
Within 2 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome d) Within 4 nm of nearest perimeter of aerodrome
64 Flying in Danger area is
a) Prohibited b) Permitted above a certain flight level
A Allowed if permitted by A TC ~
d) Allowed if permitted by DGCA
65 Flying in an aircraft below 3000 feet AMSL in a controlled airspace the minimum horizontal separation from clouds is
~
a) 300 meters b) 500 meters
1500 meters 1500 feet
66 An aircraft wants to indicate tne difficulties which eompel to land without requiring assistance will do so by
a) firing red pyrotechnically lights b) firing red amp green pyrotechnically lights
firing white pyrotechnically lights or by repeated switching ON amp OFF-of ~ the LandinJ light of navigation ligh~
67 Aircraft is helding North amp sees green navigation lightof another aircraft at a relative bearing of045 the aircraft
~
a) are on a collision course rr are not on a collision course
c) Could be on a collision course
~68 Above f1~ght level 290 the vertical clearance between aircrafts on reciprocal tracks is
a) 1000 feet ff 2000 feet c) 4000 feet
Lateral separation using VOR is
15 degat distance of more than 15 nm~ b) 30 deg at distance of more than 15 nm c) 10 deg at distance of more than 15 nm
70 The wreckage of a crashed aircraft 6n RNJ can be removed
a) extricate dead animal amp persons
71
Z2
73
74
75
L77
78
79
9
~v extriclte animals amp persons dead or alive c) to pennit movement of other aircraft
An aircraft lands atan uncontrolled aerodrome can take off again
a) with the permission of OGCA A without any permission of PGCA
c) only if there is no injUy-loany onemiddot
Changes in the aeronautical services which are likely to last for more than 2 hr~ aremiddot given in NOTAMS
Series AA b) Series B c) SeriesG
On board a civil aircraft the Airl=orce Army Navy personnel can
a) not carry arms at all h carry arms with the pennission of DGCA
sarry anns with the permissjonolcentraJGovlA )lt
Aircraft incident must be reported with in
a) 24 hrs b) -36 hrs
-48 hrs(1shyAn aircraft accident is to be reported with in
24 hrs~ 36 hrs
c) 46 hrsmiddotmiddot
An aircraft in circuit encounters RIT failure how will the pilot acknowledge the light signals received by him
a) The pilot will pitch the nose up and down -1)) The pilot will rock wings
c) The pilot will switch onoff the landing lights
Petroleum in bulk means
a) Petroleum in receptacle of 900 Lit shy)i( Petroleum in ~ceptacJe ofmore than 900 Ut~ c) Petroleum in receptacle of less than 900 Lit
o
Red Pyrotechnical light given to an aircraft in flight by the Control tower means
a) Keep circling and give way to another aircraft b) You can land here at this aerodrome
$dr4 Not withstanding previous instruction do not land for the time being d) means nothing to an aircraft in air
Incubation period for Relapsing Fever
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
71
Z2
73
74
75
L77
78
79
9
~v extriclte animals amp persons dead or alive c) to pennit movement of other aircraft
An aircraft lands atan uncontrolled aerodrome can take off again
a) with the permission of OGCA A without any permission of PGCA
c) only if there is no injUy-loany onemiddot
Changes in the aeronautical services which are likely to last for more than 2 hr~ aremiddot given in NOTAMS
Series AA b) Series B c) SeriesG
On board a civil aircraft the Airl=orce Army Navy personnel can
a) not carry arms at all h carry arms with the pennission of DGCA
sarry anns with the permissjonolcentraJGovlA )lt
Aircraft incident must be reported with in
a) 24 hrs b) -36 hrs
-48 hrs(1shyAn aircraft accident is to be reported with in
24 hrs~ 36 hrs
c) 46 hrsmiddotmiddot
An aircraft in circuit encounters RIT failure how will the pilot acknowledge the light signals received by him
a) The pilot will pitch the nose up and down -1)) The pilot will rock wings
c) The pilot will switch onoff the landing lights
Petroleum in bulk means
a) Petroleum in receptacle of 900 Lit shy)i( Petroleum in ~ceptacJe ofmore than 900 Ut~ c) Petroleum in receptacle of less than 900 Lit
o
Red Pyrotechnical light given to an aircraft in flight by the Control tower means
a) Keep circling and give way to another aircraft b) You can land here at this aerodrome
$dr4 Not withstanding previous instruction do not land for the time being d) means nothing to an aircraft in air
Incubation period for Relapsing Fever
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
10
a) Eight days b) Six days - shyc) Four days
---
If there is a patientmiddot on board suffering from any Quarantinable decease the ri~ commander will send a health report to the health officer w
- ~~
a) b c
A)
48 Hrs prior to the arrival t~ ul~ ~ 4 Hrs prior to the arrival VLecL ~ b-e3 Hrs prior to the arrival -shy2 Hrs prior to the arrival is () t 4 f-~~
~81 A person who has died of Yellow Fever needs to be brought to India
if The body can hot be brought to India b) The body can only be brought provided it is hermetically sealed c) Provided the body is preserved in a wooden box d Provided the body is enclosed in a zinc box
~82_ Either hand along with the palm downwards and placed level with the chest and when moved laterally means
CuUhe engines(A b) Slowdown c) ChOCKS away d) Means nothing
-----83_ Operational Manual is
----a) Prepared by the manufacture and auth06zed by operator b) Prepared by DGCA and authorized by the operator c) Prepared by the operator and authorized-by manufaclurer
Prepared by the operator and authorized by the DGCAr-A -84 Any prisoner can be carried abroad or Qnboard any aircraft only if
a) The prisoner is accompanied by anmiddotarmed guard Permitted by the DGCA in writingP1
~ c) Permitted by the District Magistrate d Permitted by the Commissioner of police
-85 Leaflets containing printed matter can only be dropped from any aircrafti motion if
Permitted by the DIst Magistrate or The Commissioner of PolicemiddotA b) Permitted by the OGCA c) Permitted by the DDGCA d) Permitted by the ORampL
An aircraft is commencing descend from its initial FL 290 over Palam-Airport The altimeter reads 12000 ft The commander will report his ertical distance to the ATe in terms of
12000 Altitude_
~ FL 120 c) FL 290
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
It
d) 29000 Altitude
An aircraft is following 020 TrM The choice of FL available to the pilot are
1 507090150110190210230250270290370410450 55759515517519521523 5255275295
c) 507090110130160180200220240260280
)(88 An ai~craft is following 220Tr(M) as per the quadrental rule the pilot must Choose FL between
a) 119-269 b) 269-359
180-26Y 090-180
89 An aircraft is flying 5000 AMSL outside a control airspace The commander must fly at all times under
a) Aerodrome control
~ FL5Chshy5000 as Altitude
d 5000 as Height
90 For the FACILITIES the pilot should refer to
a) AIC b NOTAM
AtPlt5 NOTAM CODES
91 A fresh flight pl~n is required when
a) a f1~ght is delayed for take off
controlled fiight is delayedfgty more than 30 minutes a controlled flight is delayed by more than 60 minutes
d an- un-controlled flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes
91 Photography at an aerodrome tan be permitted by
a) DGCAJDDGCA D(gt~ )~LI b) Director of regulation amp inspection (DRampI)
c) Controller of aerodromes rltI All
92 No member of the operation crew shall consume any alcoholic drink or narcotic drug with in a period of12 Hours before1Jight amp during ffighL
A3 Epileptic patients can be canied on board provided they are accompanied by an attendanL
94 While refueling an aircraft no naked flame is allowed within a distance oL 30 Vv--s
95 The largest polygon forming a danger zone around a refueling aircraft is _obtained by joining points ~mtrs away from the wing and the fueling vehicle
t lt J_ 1 _ MId)
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
shy
12
96 Except in an emergency dropping of articles from an aircraft isprohibited except basket of fine sand or waterbullbull
97 If the age of a cpt holder is more than 40 years the validity of medical is for bull 06 monttis bull bull (4Stfic4t
98 The~ of air worthiness can be suspended-or wi~drawnwhen
a) ac suffers major damage b acs~ffers major defect ~ c)pound unauthorized modifications carried out
V99 Pilots personal log book is to be preserved for 5 years from the last date of entry
A 00 ~e minimum height to be flown in hilly areas in IFR flight is bull2000 above the highest obstaclewithin a radius of 5 nm frQm the position of ac
--101 An aircraft flies away from base The daily inspection is valid for a period of 4 days or 12 hours of flying whichever is earlier
i02 50latkm percc for yellow fever is 06 days-----403 The thickness of transition layer is 1000J-1499 ~
104 middot The RVR is measured at a height of 16 FPTLmiddot
105 The an is applicable for
a scheduled flights only b) Scheduled flights amptraining flights
fl All flight -
~06 Over hilly areas IFR flights require a vertical clearance of
A 2000 feet with in 8 Km of the position oJ aircraft b) 2000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft c) 1000 feet with in 8 Km of the positiOn of aircraft d) 1000 feet with in 5 Km of the position of aircraft
107 Control of air traffic over an aerodrome below 3000 feet is by
a) approach control aerodrome control~
c) control area
108 Aerobatics should not be performed below
~ 2000 feet 5000 feet
c) 4000 feet
109 RfT signal for emergency is
a) security
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
13
b) Pesn Pan
MaydayYY 110 Medical for a CPL holder is valid fot
~
a) 2 years-shya) 1middot year
1 year if age is less than 40 years 2 years if theage is less than 40 years
111 Over Bombay aerodrome
a) an aircraft can not fly VFR ~ an aircraft can fly VFR c) an aircraft can not fly IFR
112 Control zone refers to
a) A corridor within a controlled aifSPace -wAefemiddotR-adioNavigafioo facilities arE available
b) A controlled airspace extenqing upwards from a specified height above the surface of the earth A controlled airspace extending upw~rds from the surface of the earth
113 Routes designated by the alphabet W relate to
a) World wide routes )f Domestic routes
c) Local routes d) International routes
114 Rules regarding demolition of obstructions cause~ by tall buildings ~nd trees are laid 1n
Aircraft rules 1937 ~ Aircraft public health rules 1954 c) Aircraft rules 1994 d) Aircraft act 1994
115 Before the first flight of the day it is whose responsibility to check the serviceability of the RT apparatus
4 The commander b) The Co-Pilot c) The radio officer
116 Rules related to carriage of dead bodies in an aircraft are laid down in
~ Aircraft rules 1954 b) Air corporation aCt 1953 c) Aircraft authority act 1971 d) Carriage by air act of 1972
117 Air hostesses are to be carried when the seating capacity is
a) 20 seat
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
More than 10~ c) More than 15 d) Carriage of air hostesses depends upon- number of Passengers not uPon
numberof seats ~
118 The age of Co-Pilot flying to be counted towards the renewal of CPl as PIC is
a) 80 b 30 K 50 d) 100
119 A fresh AOC is required if
~ A flight is delayed for gtthan 30Min at any intermediate airport b) A flight is delayed forgt than 1 Hr at any intermediate airport c) Not required if the flight is delayed but conducted on the same day
120 The IFR flight vertical separation minrma over hilly terrain is
2000 above-the highest obstacle within a radius of 5 Km from the aircraft 2000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 8 Km from the aircraft
c 1000 above the highest obstacle within a radius of 5Nm from the aircraft c) 1000 above the highe$t obstacle within a radius of BNm from the aircraft
121 While refueling any unauthorized perSon should not be near the re-fueling site within
a) 30 meters b 15 feet c 30 feet
4r 15 meters
122 AnticoUision lights must be installed if the AUW ofac is
lt a) less than 5700 Kg
more than 5700 Kg fh I0 0 0 0 l6-s more than 21000 Kg
~23 An aircraft can cross an A TS route with precautions such as
cross the ATS route at 90 degrees amp as in b below Ie ~v-- ~ UHf~ obtain permission minimum 10 minutes before crossing c) look but visually for any other traffic ~ ~-- ~ Hf d) all are correct
124 In a CTA the VFR ceiling is
~ a) 2500 feet
1~OO feet 3000 feet
d) 1000 feet
125 When in an emergency
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
15
a) squawk code 7600 on mode A f 5D 0 b) squawk code 7600 on mode 8 ~ squawk code 7600 on mode C LbO 0
(0) None (or 7700) 7 ~~6o
Special VFR flight cannot be allowed if visigtility is less than
a) 5Km b) 5NM
4 15Km 2 Krn
127 The highest point on the landing area is called
a aerodrome efevation bull b Apron elevation
c) Center circle of the runway
128 Anti collision light is a light
a Green in colour affixed on to the runway b) A red fight on the port wing of the aircraft
A red Light visible 30 deg above and below the horizon of the aircraft ~ Which is visible in all directions
d) The navigation lights of any aircr3ft are also called anti- collision lights
1129 The pilot of aircraft A sees a Red navigation of the aircraft B at a Relalive Brg of 270
~ There is no risk of collision and both the altraft-shouldContinue Aircraft 8 should alter its course towards left
c) The pilot of aircraft A should alter its cOurse towards right to avoid collision
----130 An aircraft croSsing your course Hfrom your left on right angle You will be able tosee Us
a) Red light b) White light
A ~reen light
131 A NOTAM which relates to some repair lasting for more than 2 Hrs would come under
A Series ~ B Series c) C Series d) DSenes
132 A horizontal red square panel with one yellow diagonal means
a) All VFR are suspended and IFR have been declared compulsory b) Landings Prohibited c) Aircraft are to land Take off amp Taxi on runways and taxi ways only
Special precaution while tanding should be taken because of the bad ~ state of the Maneuvering area
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
16
133 The visibilitY minima for those Airfines who have not filed their own Minimum with the OGCA for an airport for Non Precession approach is
a) 1500 b) 1500 meters c) 5Nm
37 Km~
134~ VFRflights outside a controlled airspace at a height abOve 5000 should not be carried out if the visibility falls below
8Km ~ b) 8Nm c) 5Km d) 3Km
135 The lateral separation using DR Navigation
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or ess 45 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more ~ 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or more
d) 30 deg between aircraft of 15 nm or less
136 In class A airspace
a) all flights are permitted b) only VFR flights are permitted
only IFR flights are pennitt~d~ 137 In class C airspacemiddot
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp are subjected to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separ~ted from other lFRflights amp from the VFR flights amp
receive information in respect of VFR flights c) VFR flights are separated from IFR flights amp receive information about other
VFR flights all are correc~
i( 138 In class 0 air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted amp all flights are subject to Air Traffic Control b) IFR flights are separated from other lFR flights amp receive information in
respect ofVFR flights c) VFR flights receive traffic information about other flights ~ all are correct
139 In class E airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive traffic information c) IFR flights are subject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from other IFR
n~h~ all are correct
140 In a class F air space
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
17
a) lFR amp VFR flights are permitted bull b)
IFR flights receive air traffic advisory service
c all flights receive flght information service on request all are correct
141 The minimum number ofStewardsair hostesses to be carried yon board if the passenger canying capacity is 63
a 1 2~
c) 3
142 Pilots logbook is to be preserved for
a) 5 years from the date of starting the 109 book
A 5 years from the date of last entry c) till the pilot retires
143 Two white crosses on a signal square indicate
a) area not fit for the use of aircraft A gliding in progress
~
-J take permission before landing
144 Information nas been received that an aircraft is about make a forced landing It is
a alert phase b) uncertainty phase
distress phase~
145 Talking abouttheATS routes in India W means
~a) domestic routes b) international routes c) any of the above
146 Position report is requiredmiddotto be given when
~
a crossing an FIR b over a compulsory reporting point
if so required by ATC all are correct
147 Check rides are not counted when
a) aircraft is phased out of service when on a test flight~ for flying club training aircraft
d all are counted
148 Aerodrome data and facilities are given in
Aeradio
~ AlP c) Notams
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
18
149 As regards Air services transit agreement India a signatory
True~ b) False
150 In the above question the privileges are
c) Permission to fly across its terdtory without landing
d) Permission to land for non traffic purpose
151 The aircraft registratiOn and marking procedures are given in ICAO Annexure
a) 7 1 ltb)
c) 11 d) 18
152 The navigation lights on an aircraft-are
a) right green lt110 degleft red 110 deg b) right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 70 deg
right green 110 deg left red 110 deg amp rear light white 140 deg~ 153 NOTAM class 1 in series A are issued when
a) information is of permanent nature information is valid for more than 2 hoursrbJ
lt c) information is valid for less than 2 hours - lt
154 An aircraft accident is to be reported
a) immediately within 24 hours~
c) within 48 hours d) as earty as possible
155 Wake turbulence separation minima for landinJh if an aircraft is to land behind a heavl aircraft - lt lt shy
~clt 2 minutes) 3 minutes
d) 5 minutes 156 The revised ETA is to be passed to the ATC if the actual TAS differs from thelt
planned T AS by shy
5 or 10 Knots ~ 10
c) 20
157 Prisoners can be carried on board aircraft with written permission of
a) DGCA b) Commissioner of Prisons c) Controller of police
~) OGCA DDGCA DRampI
l_
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
19
158 In India all flights above which flight level are to be cleared IFR irrespective of weather conditions
i a 280
150 140
159 The supersonic speed (mach no ) is gt 12 Mach _
Hin Chal)~les in the frcquenciesllCCalion of Nav Aids arc notified by
a) Notams b) AIRAC System
AlP amendments ~ Aeradio amendments
161 Displaced threshold is due to WIP at some part of beginning of RfW cant be used for landing a~d a fresh threshold is marked further ahead
162 On t~esame aircraft you are making another flight on the same day
~ a fresh ADC clearance is required b) a fresh ADC clearance is not required
c) no ADC clearance is required
163 VVhaJ doe~ the following-marshalling signal indicate
a) eith~r arm amp hand level with should~r hand across tnroat amp palm downwards Cut motors
b) arms repeatedly crosses above head Stop c) arms-down palms facing outward swing arms outward remove chocks d) arms palms facing inward swing arms inwards insert chocks ~ e arms down palm towards inward swing arms inwards slow down f) arm down palm towards ground amp moved up amp down se~a times all dear
164 The lateral separation between aircraft VOR is
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less ~ 15 deg at a distance of 15nm or more
c) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more d) 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
165 The lateral separation between aircraft using NOB is
~
a) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or tess b) 15 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more
30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or more 30 deg at a distance of 15 nm or less
166 In a class airspace
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b) all flights receive flight information setvice on request
both are correct
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
~
~
shy
20
167 In class B air space
a) IFR amp VFR flights are permitted b all flights are middotsubject to Air Traffic Control amp are separated from each other
both are correct~ 168 Non scheduled flights cal be made in India with a notice of
a) 24 hrs b) 36 hrs
y 72hrs
169 A person coming from Cholera infested area can enter India
a) Without any medical certificate 01 vaccination ~ With a certificate of vaccination
c) If accompanied With an attendant
170 Dead body of a person can be carried in an aircraft
~ a) If sealed in a wooden box
f hermeticlty sealed in a zinc box Can not oe carried at all
171 Seriously sick patients can be carried on boar-d the aircraft
~ jfaccompani~with an attefldant if certified tit by a medical officer
c) Cannot be carried at all
172 Tokyo Convention Act 1975 is applicable to a) All aircraft registered in India b) All aircraft registered in India amp Military aircraft amp State aircraft
All aircraft whether registered in India or except Military aircraft amp State~ aircraft d) AU aircraft whether registered in fndia or not
173 Wake turbulence separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircraft is to land behind a heavy aircraft
a) 2mts ~ 3mts
c 5 mts
174 A pilot can fly an aircraft which is not entered in his license for endorsement in the aircraft rating of his license
a) with in Indian teoitory with in 5 om of an aerodrome-within lFA of aerodrome~
c anywhere
175 If there is a temporary change in the aeronautical services it is intimated through
a) Amendment to AlP b) Ale
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
21
l NOTAM
176 If navigation lights fail a night then an aircraft should
a) force land immediately b) uselanding lights amp continue to the destination
report to the nearest aerodrome amp land ~ 177 If an air~raft force lands at an uncontrolled aerodrome it Can takeoff again
~ after permission from OGCA after permission from the central Govt
c) if it is in a position to reach the destination
178 In India the ATS routSltrre-classif1ech3s
a) Class 0 airspaee Class F airspace~ c Class C airspace
179 At an aerodrome tower
a) Red amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome b) Red ampwhite beacon light indicates that it is a civiiaerOOfme
White amp green beacon light indicates that it is a civil aerodrome~ 180 The highest flightlevef that can be flown in India is
460
~ 450 c) 400
181 yFR flights at an aerodrome are nol permitted if visibilityis beloiN
~ 5km Skm
c) 3km
182 A series of green amp red pyrotechnic~ fired al short intervals towards an aircraft indicate that
a) The aircraft is entering a prohibited area b The aircraft is entering a danger area c) The aircraft is entering a restricted area
All are correct~ 183 The certifiCate of airworthiness is suspended if
~ a) Low flying is done
Un authorized modifications are done Un authorized flying is done
184 Landing amp housing charges are based on
All up weight of the aircraft Passengers carrying capacity of aircraft
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
22
c) Actual~nding weight of the aircraft
185 The aircraft public health rules wore published in
~ a 1937 1954 ~ 1934
d) 1947
186 If an aircraft comes from a place which is a yellow fever area amp was disinfected it is to be quarantined
a) If it stopped at a place where there was yellow fever If there is a patient suffering from yellow fever on board
-_ ~ Not to be quarantined
187 The incubation period for yellow fever is
a) 8 days b) 6 days c) 4 days
188 Emergency check lists are prepared by the
3 Manufacturer amp authorized by operator Operator amp authorized by DGCA~
c DGCA amp authorized by manufacturer
189 Wake turbulente separation minima for landing if a light or a medium aircr~m islo land behind a heavy aircraft is
a) 2 mts 3mts
~ 5 mts
190 The highest point on the ground in an airfield is
a ARP b) Airfield elevation c) Aerodrome height
ObstUction height~ 191 Over Malabar hills in Mumbai aircraft can not fly within
~ a 2 nm from the Tower of silencG
1 om from the Tower of silence 5 Km from the Tower of silence
192 Supersonic aircraft can fly over Indian territory
a) Above Mach 20 b) Unrestricted lt) Below Mach 1
c-
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
193 When-crossing FIR the SSR should be selected to vhic1 channel
a 20000
b) 7600 c) 7700 d) 7500
194 The validity period of a CPL is
a 5 Years b) 10 Years c) 2 Years
195 Th~ validity of medical for a CPL is
a) 2 years One year~ 5 yearsI
196 You are about to board your aircraft as PIC Your license can be checked by
a) The District Magistrate b) A customs officer c) A police officer
middotcr None of the above
197 TheRescue coordination centers in India are heaQed by
a) LocaiIAF commander b) One of the local lAFArmyNavy commanders
Controller of aerodromesty 198 On an IFR flight plan in VMC you have an RIT failuremiddot The aCtion is
~ a) Continue strictly as per the flight plan
Continue to destination inVMC Proceed to alternate in VMC
d Land at the nearest suitable aerodrome
199 An aircraft can be detained under which act
8 8a
c) 8b d 8e
bf
200 Navigator is required to be carried on board if
a) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navaid is available-on the route b) for a distance of more than 600 nm no Navigation aid is available within
30 nm either side of the routemiddot
201 All flights arA permitted in which airspace
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
24
---
shy
-
shyr
shy
-
- lt
~-
shy(
--
-
3) -class 8 -h class C amp0 C) Class EF-lt3shy
aU are correct)iV 202 The C of A is deemed to be lapsed if
a) a modification is made without approval of DGCA b aircraft is involved in an accident c aircraft suffers a major damage
Y all are correct
203 Military personnel can carry arms amp ammunition in an aircraft with the written permission of
~ a) DGCA
central Govt ArmyHQ
d) none of the above
204 An aircraft has forced landed at an aerodrome It can take of again
if the pilot is satisfied after an inspection that the aircraft is air wortfiy~ with the permission of DGCA c) with the permission of commissioner of police d any of the abOve
205 On change of ownership the aircraft
a can fly immediately _
~ can not fly till regis~ered in the name of new owner c) can not fly tilt permission is obtained from central Go~
d) can not fly tilt permissionisobtained from new owner
206 Landing amp housing charges are charged as per the
a) AUW of the aircraft at the time of landing
-br Maximum AUW of the aircraft c) number of persons on board d) navigation facUities used
207 Route guides are required to be carried in
a) all aircraft b) all private aircraft
aircraft involved in scheduled transport services~ 208 The crew of an aircraft should riot consume any alcoholic drinks
within 12 hOUfS before the flight as in 3 amp during flight within 24 hours before the flight
209 Mental patients can not be carried in an aircraft except when
a) certified by an RMP as fit to fly without causing harm to other passengers
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
b) aceompanled by aft-attendant ---tgtoth are correct~
210 looSe sheets of paper containing printed matter can be dropped(from an aircraft with the permissiof) of
A 3) OM
commissioner of police both are correct
211 In India the IFR amp VFR flights
~ separated from each other not separated
c) not separated but information is given to other aircraft
212 A new flight plan is required to be filed at an
a uncontrolled aerodrome if a flight is delayed by more than 30 minutes controlled aerodrome if a flight is derayed by more than 30 minutes ~ controlled 3erodrome if a flight is delayed by less than 30 minutes
213 Displaced threshold is indicated by
a) white lights in a row b) red lights in a row
green Ii~hts in a row ~ 214 DistressSignalis
dropping of red parachute flares firing of white pyrotechnical fights in
c) firing -of g(een pyrotechnicallights in succession rif
215 Series of projectiles fired at an interval of 10 second~ on bursting showing red 7 green stars or lights indicate
a) aircraft is in distress but no immediate assistancein required b) aircraft is in distress and immediate assistance is required c) aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibiteclaf-ea ~ aircraft is flying over or in the vicinity of a prohibited area restricted --
are-a or danger area
216 Weather minima VMCbelow 3000 feet in a controlled air apace is
~ a) visibility 8 Km
visibility 5 Km visibility 15 Km
d) visibility 300 meters 217 While taking off from the same RIW or parallel RIW at less than 760 meters apart a
light or a medium aircraft taking off behind a heavy aircraft the separaljon minima Is
2 minutes
~ 3 minutes c) 5 minufp
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
-
26
218 Which aircraft maybe on a collision coirrse
~ aircraft on the right with red navigation light in sight aircraft on the left with red navigatiotl light in sight
c) aircraft on the right with white navigation light in sight
219 The green navigation light is visible through
HO deg from forward to therigbt~ 110 deg from forward to the left c) 110 deg from tail to the right d) 140deg
220 A ~ight aircraft departs behind a medium aircraft the time gap between the I~o is -
a) 1 mt 2mts~
c) 3mts --- d) 5mts
221 Cabotage of traffic refers to
operation of a commercial Ale -of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo between two points within thi territory of another contracting state
b) op~tion ofmiddot a commercial Me of a contracting slate to carry passengerscargo between two points outside the territory of another contracting slate
c operation of a commercial A1CQf a cotracting state 10 cSfY passengersCargo to the territory of another C9ntracting state
d) operation of a commercial Me of a contracting state to carry passengerscargo out from the territory of another contracting state
222 Thresh hold is
~ a beginning of the runway
beginning of that part of the runway usabl~ for landing a pOint where taxy ways meet
223 When refueling an aircraft
a No unauthorised person within 15 mtrsbullbull b No naked flame with in bullbull30 Mtrs c No smoking with in 30 Mtrs
224 A red flag on the ATe indicates f1ying in progress
225 To an aircraft a red flag on the ATe indicatesNothing
226 At Bombay over Ma~bar hills flying is not pennitted within a distance of
a) 2nm b) 5Km
~ 1 nm
227 The air space over Mathura refinery is a
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
27
~ a) restricted area
prohibited area dangerare3
228 A steady white light di~ected towards an aircraft an fight means
a) land at this aerodrome amp proceed to the apron b) landing prohibited c) return tothe starting point
J1 nothing
229 On the ground a red square with two yellqw diagonals means
) ~a) exercise caution while landing b) takeoff is prohibited c) fanding- prohibited
landing prohibited and prohibition is likely to b~~PwJAOwidY 230 letter C in black against yeflow background means
~ a) accident reports to be made here
reports concerning air traffic services to be made here flight plans to be colleded from here
d all the above are correct
231 Two digits in black colour against a yelow back ground di~Iyed yel1iepJlyjndicates
a OOM f5 Direction for take off
c Wind direction shyd) OOR for landing
232 An aircraft can fly over danger area
Above flight level 290 ~ If cleared by ATC
c) Unrestricted
233 Tokyo Conven~ion is valid for
4 AU International flights b) All dO(l1estic flights cgt All local flights
234 The authority to detain an aircraft is given in
~ a) Rule 8 of rules 1957
Act 8 of aircraft Act 1934 Rule 8 C Aircraft rules 1937
d) Rule 8 0 of aircraft Act 1934
235 The threshold of the Runway is
a) The point where the aircraft lines up
That point in the beginning of the Runway used for landing
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
28
c) The beginning-efihe Runway
2360 A report received from an aircraft giving its regular position andlor met report is called
a) Met report b) Position report
Air report~
237 A stepoundldy red light projected to an aircraft in flight means give way to other aCT donT land for the time being
238 A steady green light projected to an aircraft on the grounqair means clear to take off-
239 A cross with a Single co1spicuous colour preferaoly white on the maneuvering area meansarea unfit for use by aircraft
24b During flight as a pilot you are subjected to unlawful interference in discharging your duties On SSR you should endeavor to set
Af 7500 mode A b) 7600 mode A c) 7500 modeC d) 7700 mode C
241 On an IFR flight plan but in VMlt you have communication failure you should
~ Maintain VMC amp land at the most convenient aerodrome lt b) Maintain VMC amp land at the nearest aerodrome
c) Proceed according to flight plan
242 The airspace set up as a corridor where navigation aids are available is called
ft Airway b) Controlled airspace c) Radar airspace
- ~ 243 The transition altitude is laid down by
a) TheATC b) The Pilot
The State~ 244 Above what heightthe flight levels are to be used in India
4000 feet ~ 3000 feet
c) 5500 feet d) 6500 feet
245 A fresh flight plan is 10 be filedif a scheduled flight is delayed by more than
a) One hour
AJ 30 minutes c Always irrespective of the time delay
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
246 A temporary change concerning operationaf matter is notified in
a AlP - ~ Notams
Ale
247 The air designator rar wond wide ATS routes are in which colour
~ a) White b) Red amp Green
-Red Green Blue amp Ambeuror Red Green Blue Amber amp White
24U rile air designator for domestIc ATS routes are in which cololll
~ White Red amp Green
c) Red Green Blue amp Amber d) Red Green Blue Amber amp White
249 A change in operational status or an aeronautic facility whichasls for more than two J
hours is issued under which series of NOriMS
Series AJ4fb) Series 8 c) Series C d) Series 0
250 For FDTL theflying time of training flights is
a) accounted b) Not counted c) Partially counted d) Counted only if combined wth a scheduled flight
251 FOT L limitations for the flight crew on domestic flights is
a) 8 hrs - lt
i
~ q) 9 hrs
10 hrs 11 hrs
252 The minimum time separation for a light aircraft to land behind a heavy aircraft is
~ a) 2 minutes
3 minutes 5 minutes
TIfS Trut Ai- SpQ ~ 253 The ATC is to be notified if during a flight the TAS changes by more than
5 0- 10 kb A
b) 10 c) 20
254 Aircraft flying on the same track should have a minimum separation of
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
- -
a) 15 minfles b 10 minlftesshyc) 5 minutes d) 20 minutes
255 Which type of airspace exist in India
a) Class A -b Class 0 amp F c) Class 0 ampF c) Class B C 0 amp F
256_ You will report an air miss when
a) Yousee an aircraft at same flight level b You see an aircraft at close proximity with no risk ofcollision
You see an aircraft at close proximity and you think there was a risk of -
Y collision
257 All records associated with defects amp their rectification are required to be preserved for a period of
One year Two years
c) Till the aircraft is phased out of servic (z-h-+ de bs i ~- - ~lt - - ~ lt
258_ C of A will cease to be valid if shy
~ a) _Aircraft is engaged in unauthorized operations
Aircraft suffers from a major damage or defect There isa chimge of ownership
d) All are correct
259 All defects observed during flight are to b~ reported
a) SO~)I) after the flight- shyb) After the last flight of the day in case or training aircraft making a series 61
flights in a single day unless a serious defect occurs Both are correct
260 Fire extinguishers are carried in an aircr~ft cabin
a) To extinguish cabin fire b) To extinguish electrical fire
Because it is required under the regulations - ~
261 FOR has a record of operation of preceding
25 hours
~ 5 hours c) 30 mls d) Flight
262 FOR is mandatory for
r a) All aircraft
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
31
Aircraft witbAUW exceedirlg 21000 Kg Aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kg
263 The colour of the FOR is
~
a Black b) Bightyelfow
Bright orange Either b or c
264 The CVR has the capability of recording information
a) One hour or more ~ At least 30 minutes e) The preceding Hight
265 The FOR is fitted in an aircraft to
a) Monitor the performance of the aircraft Help in accident investigation ~
ltC) Both are correct
266 The width of an air way is
a) 20nm
4 40nm 20 nm over land amp 40 nm over sea
267 The jntemational Air Transit agreement was signed by India at Chicago in 1944
268 The Warsaw Convention was held fOf unification of certain rules relating to international c~rriage by air regardingpa~sengerst_ ticketing and baggage etc
269 The operational Control is exercis~d by the
The operator- b) DGCA c Air T raffie Conrol
270 The operational manual is prepared by
a) DGCA b) Operator
Operator amp is approved by the OGCAY 271 An altimeter is set to QNH before landing in order to
~ a) Have clearance between aircraft flying on the circuit
Have cfearance from the obstructions on the ground Reduce the altimeter errors
272 While on a C(OSS country over hilly terrain the minimum clearance required is
2000 feet above the highest obstacle w1th in 5 nm of position of the aircraft
b 2000 feet above the highest obstacle with in 5 nm of the desired track
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
--0
-0 0
_
0 0
of
0shy
32
c) 1000 feetabove the highestDb-stacle with in 5 nm=of position -ltFfthe aircraft
273 The aircraft public health rul3s were published in which year
a) 1937 1954
~ 1934
274 A flight navigator is require to bemiddot carried on board if if no nav aid is available for 600 nm and within 30 nm of either side of track
274 Mails can be carried in the airCfaft with the permission of
a) OGCA b) OOGCA c ORampr
1 DGPampT
275 Photography at an aerodrome can be allowed with the permission of
DGCA~ OM c) commissioner of poiice
276 ADC clearance is required to be obtained
o a) on across country flight ~ foral( aircraft ope(ating witf1in ADtZ
c when returning to base on the same day d it is not required when returning to base on the same day
o 0
277 Dead body or remains of a person who has died of yellow fever can be brought to India with the permission of
a) health officer b Indian embassy abroad c) central Govt
can not be broughtff
278 The rules for Public health were published in
)lshy 1954 b) 1934 c) 1939 d) 1947
279 The displaced threshord is indicated by
a) white lights green fines~
c red lines d) yellow lines
280 The displaced threshofd is indicated by
0---
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
33
a) white lights4 green Ughts c) red lights d) yellow lights
281 The end of the WN is indicated by lt
white lignts green lights red lights yellow fights
282 For the purpose of renewal c CPl
50 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC 50 of instrument ilyingisCOunterl3sP1C 80 of co-pilot flying is counted as PIC
283 An aircraft can fly within 10 nm of an airfield This area Is called
restricted cm ~ danger area c) prohibiied area d airfield area
284 Penaltyfor carrying explosives or arms amp giving wrong statements
2 years of imprisonment amp fine ~ 2 years imprisonment c) one year imprisonment amp fine
285 The tertificateofairworthiness is suspended
a) after an accident b) middotafter unauthorised modification have been done c) aircraft suffers a major defect
all correct~)
286 The remains of a crashed aircraft can be tamperedremoved to-
a) extricate personsanimals alive or dead b) clear the RNV to allow air traffic shyc) take it to a place of safety
)9shy all correct
287 After a forced landing an aircraft can TO for base for repair purpose without the permission of the DGCA _ TRUE IFALSE
288 An aircraft coming from Bombay to Derhi lands at Jaipur due to Weather It can TO again without the permission of the DGCA TRUE f FALSE
289 Aircraft flying on the same Track amp level the longitudinal sepafalion is
30 mts)( 15 mts c) 05 mts
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
34
290 Aircraft flying orFlhe saine Track amp (evel when frequent position fixing is possible the longitudinal separation is
30 mts 15mts 05mts 10 mts
291 At an aerodrome a red square with two yellow diagonals indicates Ianding prohibited and prohibition is likely to last for long
292 A series of green flashes directed towards an aircraft on the ground indicates Clear to land
293 Officers belonging to ArmyNavyAir Force a) can carry aons on board a civil aircraft ~ can not carry anns cn board a civil aircraft
294 An extremely sick person
a) can not be carried on board an aircraft oj can be carried on board an aircraft pr- can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant amp
certified by a registered medical practitioner
295 The reciprocal tracks on a semicircular system below FL 290 have vertical clearance of
a) 500 feet 1000 feet~ c) 2000 feet
296 In India the semcircular system starts from FL
~ 150 b 170
c) 290 d) 160
297 The Runway direction is measured with respect to
True North
~ Magnetic North c) Compass North d Grid North
a shy
middot298 A red flag on top of ATC building means
a) Do not land b) Do not lake off
Flying in progress~ 299 Longitudinal separation between two aircraft lying at the level using DME is
a) 200m
-
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
35
b 10 nm if the preceding aircraft is flying at a T A~r more iasler than fhe aircraft behind Both are correct
300 In India the controlled airspaces are designated as
~ Class 0 Class B
c) Class C
301 The met minma is proviqed by the
Operator~ b) Manufacturer c) Controller of aerodromes d) OGCA
302 For class I Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast is
3 hrs ~ 12 hrs
c) 18 to 24 hrs d) 12 to 24 hrs
303 For class III Met office the minimum notice required for a route forecast for domestic flights is
a 3 hrs b) 12 hrs
Bto 24 hrs ~ 12 to 24 hrs
304 The Tokyo convention Act 1975 applies [0
~ a All aircraft
The whole of India j1 y where in the wond
305 The aircraft rules 1937 apply ro
a) The whole of India b) All aircraft registered in India where ever these are flying amp all persotrS on
board these aircraft c) AIlaircraft when flying over India amp all persons on board
AU are correct ~
306 The act rules dealing with puIic health is
~ a) Public health rules 1954
Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1954 Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1937
d) Aircraft (Public Health) Rules 1945
307 ATe provides which of the following
a Advisory service
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
36
~ Contro of air trafficmiddot c Beuch amp resette d) All are correct
vmiddot 308 Minimum visibility aerodrome equipped with radio aids --
27 km~ b) 37km c) 5km d) 15km-~
J09 Minimum visibility aerodrome not equipped with radio aids
a) 27 km 37 kme(~- 5km
d) 15 km
310 For the purpose of having additional aircraft in the aircraft rating of the license The trainin~ flying shoufd be carried
With in 5 nm of the aerodrome Within the local flying area of the aerodrome j1 Any where in India All are corr~ct
311 The maximum number of hours a pilot can fly in 30 days is
125 hrs as PIC ~ 125 hrs PIC or Co-pilot c) 150 hrs 15 minutes
J (~ r ~12 At an aerodrome special VFR may be authorised when
~vis~omty falls b~low 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feetmiddot Visibility falls below 8 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1500 feet
c) VISibility falls below 5 Km or cloud ceiling is less than 1000 feet
313 The dead body of a person who has died due to Cholera can be brought in to India with the permission of
-Indian foreign mission abroad b) DGCA c) Central Govt
~
314 At an aerodrome a red square with a yellow diagonal means
-lt
~ a) Landing prohibited
Exercise caution when approaching to land amp when landing Caution more than one direction being used for all Take Offs amp Landings
315 An extremely sick person
a) Can not be carried on board an aircraft Y Can be carried on board an aircraft if accompanied by an attendant
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
38
325 Minimum lateral separation between aircraft climbing through the level of another aircraft holding over a navigation aid is
a) 5nm b) ~ minutes
Af 15 nm (5 minutes longitudinal separation)
326 On Take Off the aircraft is ~nsferred from aerodrome control to approach control
~
a) Once the aircraft is in clouds b When 15nm from the aerodrome
In the vicinity of the aerodrome When lined up for take oft
327 Minimum DME separation aircraft flying on the same track amp same direction is lt
a) 10nm 4 20nm
c) middot10 minutes
328 An aircraft is frying Oil rragneUc ccurse (Tr) 180 In a quadrantal system it would be crmiddot
flying
a Odd thousand feet Even thousand feet~
Odd thousand + 500 feet d) Even thousand + 500 feet
329 The facilities avail~ble at an airfield will be mentioned in
~ AlP b) AIRAC c) AIC d) NOTAMS
v130 An aircraft at supersonic speed can fly over India
v a) With pennission of Central Govt b With the permission of OGCA
Can not fly
331 An aircraft is aescending oVer Delhi aerodrome from Flight level 290 The altimeter reads 12000 ieeL The pilot will report vertical distance as fltltd lej
~
a) 12000 feet b) Flight level 120
Flight level 290 29000 feet
332 VMC exists at an aerodrome when visibility is more than
~ 8Km SKm
c 3Km
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
39
333 UTe means
~ Coordinated universal time Universal coordinated time
c Universal time coordinated
334 The runway direction is measured with respect to
a True North Magnetic North~
c) Compass North fmiddot
~rr j v335 While in a circuit an aircraft experiences RT failure the pilot should acknowledge RT
signals by
a Pitching the nose UplOown b) Rocking wings cy Switching ONOFF (anding lights
lt p ty-
-Jmiddot 0 36 Petroleum in bulk means Petroleum contained in receptacles
a) Of 900 liters capacity ~ Exceeding 900 liters capacity
c) Less than 900 liters capacity
337 A red pyrotechnicallight fired from control tower in front of an aircraft means
Keep circling amp give way to other ainraft Not with standing with the previous instructions do not land for the time being
c) Nothing
va38 The incubation period for relapsing fever is
a) B days b 6 days c) 4 days
339 During night flying if navigation lights fail the pilot should
a) Send a MAY day signal b Land at the altemate aerodrome c land as soon as possible
340 When flying within transition layer the altitude is reported on
a) OFE b) QNH c) ONE
Not reported at all ~ ~ Minimum Longitudinal separation in terms of time when passing through the level of
another aircraft on the same track from the time the level is crossed is
a) 5 minutes
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
40
~ b 10 minutes
15 minutes 20 minltes
ft~ ~f fl4ltgt~~ The FOR should be capable of recording the conversatior for at least preceding
a) 25 Hrs b) 5 Hrs cltlmiddot~J Un-uz loLbJfL ~d) ol--tlltc) 25 Minutes
30 minutes~ PO f- s fP-t-v~ ~ L~ b~I~J The-FDTl for international flights in-terms of flying hQurs ampnumber of landings is -
lt1 93 84
c) 63 d 94
I- ~j-i ~ V vJ4~( Hypoxia is a result of which of the fonowing conditions
4 Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain b) Excessive carbon dioxide in the blood stream c) Limited oxygen reaching the heart musdes
345 What causes hypoxia
a) Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmOsphere b) An increase in the nitrogen contentS In the atmosphere afhign altitudes
Y A decrease
in the oxygen partial pressure
346 A loss of cabin pressure mayresult in hypoXia because as cabin altitude increases
a) The percentage of nitrogen in the air is jncreased by The percentage of oxygen in the air is decreased
YV Oxyg~n partial pressure is decre~sed
7 What is the symptom of carbon mono oxide poisoning
a) Rapid shallow breathing b Pain amp cramping of the hands amp feet
fl Dizziness
348 What is the effect of alcohol consumption on the function of body
~ Alcohol has adverse effect especially as the altitude increases b) Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increases judgment amp
decision making ability c) AlcohOl has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee
-349 What is the common symptom of hyperventilation
lt Tingiing of the hands amp feet b) Increased vision keenness c Decreased breathing rate
350 What would most likely to occur In hyperventilation
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
41
~ A stressful sr~ation causing anxiety The excessive-consumption of alcohol
c)middot An extremely slow rate of breathing amp insufficient oxygen
351 Scanning procedure for effective collision avoidance should constitute
Looking outside for 15 seconds then inside for 5 seconds then repeat 1 minute inside scanning then One minute outside scanning then repeat looking out side every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside scanning is unnecessary
352 What is the most eff~ctive way to use eyes during night flying
a) Look only at far away dim lights raquof Scan slowly to permit off center viewing c) Concentrate directly on each object for few seconds
353 Which observed target aircraft would be of most concern with respect to collision avoidance
a) One which appears to be ahead and moving from left to right at high speed DL--- One which appears to be ahead and moving from right to left at slowspeed euroJ One which appears to be ahead witt) no lateral amp vertical displacement amp
is increasing in size
354 When making a ling over a darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow pilot should be aware of the possibility of illusion This ltlpproach may appear to be
ar High middotb) low
c) Shallow
355 Haze can give illusion that the aircraft is
l-- Closet to the runwaYthan it actually is DI Farther from the runway than actually is
c) The same distance from the runway as there is no restriction to visibility
356 A sudden penetration of fog can give an illusion of
Pitching up~ b) Pitching down c) leveliog off
357 Rain on the wind screen can cause what illusion
a) No illusion lower than actual
~ Higher than actual
358 The body of a person died of yellow fever can be brought to Indil if
a) The body is hermetically sealed b) The body is sealed in a zinc box
Can not be Qrought to India~
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
42
359 Anti collision light is mandatory to be frtted on aircraft A~more than -~ I ( t a 1500 Kg 1- ( c ~- r ~middoti)middott5--middot
~ 5700 Kg (~l J 1t D bull middotIt6000 Kg
360 Either arm amp hand level with shoulder hand across throat palm downwards - means
Cut engines Tum to the direction in which hand is pointing Slow down ampstop
361 Unidirectional green lights are arranged at
a) The beginning of the runway j1( The displaced threshold c) The end of the runway
362 From the beginning of the runway to the displaCe1rthreshofd the runway edge Irghts are
K a) White
Red c) Green d) Yellow
363 During flight a red lIght seen on a Relative bearing of 270 means
A risk of Collision with another aircraft No_riskof collision with another aircraft middotAn aerodrome beaconindicating unsafe conditions
364 A Control zone is
a) An airspace with in which air traffic is controlfed
W A controlled airspace extendirg upwards from the sUrface of the earth to a specific upper limit
c) A controlied airspace extending upwards from a specified upper limit above the earth
36S When using earths horizon as a reference to determine the relative position of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
a) Above the horizon amp increasing in size b) On the horizon with little relative movement
7 t~_- z J~ ~On the horizon amp increasing in size ( _(0 p
t
I 366 When making an approach on narrower than usual runway without VASI assistance the pilot should be aware that the approach
~ a) Altitude may be higher tharY it appears
Approach attitude may be lower than it appears May result in leveling off too high amp landing hard
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
43
-367-- The maximum number of h~rs a pilot can fly as PIC in one~ear
~ 1000 b) 1500 c) 125
368 Instrument flying lime means
a Flying time during night~r Y The time during which the pilot is flying solely with reference to
instruments without any external visual reference c) The time during which the pilot is flying with reference to instruments with
external visual reference
--- ~ shy
369 In the semicircular system the track separation is
a) 000 - 175 amp 180 - 356 000 -179 amp 180 - 359 ~
c 001 - ISO amp 181 - 360 d) 000 -179 amp 181 - 359
370 When on a cross country a delay of ETA more than is to be reported to ATC
~ 5 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
371 An aircraft can cross A TS route with precautions such as
f a) At an angle of 60 degreesW At an angle of 90 degrees c) At an altitude not more than 1000 feet from the cruising altitude
372 When flying over a crash site a pilot will acknowledge the signs from the survivorsQY
~ Rocking wings b) low pass over the crash site c) Reporting to ATC
373 The sign from a crash site indicating that assistance required is shy
a) X
~e d C
- 374 Aerodrome control service is provided in
a) Circuit Control zone~
c Control area d) All the above
375 Met minima forVFRflights above 3000 feet AMSL is
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
44
Vtsibifiy 8 Km Dis~ce from cOuds 15 Km l1gtrizontaUy amp 300 M Vertically
b) Visibility 8 nm Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 M Vertically c) Visibility 5 Km Distance from clouds 15 Km Horizontally amp 300 MVertically
376 For civil aerodromes the colour of the rotating beacon is
White White amp Green White amp Blue
~77 To cross an ATS route Permission is to be obtain~d minimum
a( 10 minutes before crossing b) 15 minutes before crossing c) 30 minutes before crossing
378 For domestic flights minimum distance from the international border is
a) 5nm 10nm
~ 15 nm
The refueling operation should be stopped if a jet aircraft starts to run up its engines within a distance of
~ 43 meters b) 141 meters c 15 meters
380 The light aircraft departing behind a mediumairciaft the minimum time difference is
2mts b) 3mts c) 5mts
middotaf
381 An aircraft can be detained under
a( Aircraft act 1934 b) Aircraft act rules 1937 c) Aircraft act rules 1934
382 The facilities provided by A TC in aerodrome control are
~ Control b) Traffic c) Search amprescu~
d) All the above are correct
y 383 An aircraft is flying at 5000 feet in IMG It should fly according to
Semicircular system Quadrental system
c) Retum back to base
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
45
384 Rules regarding demolitioA-Of obstructions cau~ct by tall btlildjng~Jrees etc are i(id down in-
Aircraft rules 1937~ b Aircraft rules 1934 c) Airaaft act 1934 d) Airaaft public health rules 1954
385 Before a flight who is responsible to check the pro~r working of the radio apparatus
r PIC b) Co pilot c) Radio officer
- 086 Night flying corresponds to flying between
a) Half he before sunset to half hr after sunrise
~ Half he after sunset to half hr_ after sunrise Half hr aftersunset to half hr before sunrise
d) Half hr before sunset to half hr after sunrise
-387 If a passenger on board the aircraft is suffering from an illness PIC is to inform health officer _ hours before landing
~ 2 b) 3 c) 4
388 The punishmentforcarriage of unauthorised arms-amp ammunition in the aircraft is
a) Maximum 3 months imprisonment or fine of Rs 10001 or bltgtth b) Maximum 6 months imprisonment or fine of Rs10001 or both c) Maximum2 monthS imprisonment or fine of Rs 5001 or both
~ Maximum_ 2 years punishment and fine shy
389 For aircraft flying over India enroute navigaUo~sed on
a) The duration amp length of flight b) The Duration of stay
- Maximum AUW of the aircraft~ 390 A pilot involved in an accident can fly again
a) After a medical examination b) When asked by the operator to fly-
When cleared by the OGCA 5--39middot1 The area of 10 km around Mathura refinery is termed as
~ Danger area Prohibited area
c) Protected area d) Restricted area
392 An aircraft can fly over a danger area
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
46
a)
~ If a NOTAM is issued thant is oor-active
b) With the permission of ATe Out side the stipulated time Can not fly at all
393 Around Malabar hill the flying is prohibited Within
~ ommiddotFrom the tower of silence 1 nm From the tower of silence S nm From the tower of silence 2 nm From the tower of silence
394 VFR io a control zone is terminated if visibility falls below
a) 8 Km t~
~ SKm
1SKm d) 3 tan
In a controfled airspace the VFR flights WiH -be--terfflinated if the cloud ceilingmiddotmiddotfalls ~~w -~
a) 1000 feet 1500 feet~ c) 5000 feet
d) 1500 meters
396 The c~rtificate ofairworthiness lap~es when
An aircraft suffers a major damage~ b) If an authorised flying is done c) If an authorised people are carried on board d) All are correct
397 The air report contains which of the folowinp
a) Air temperature TUrbUlence Surface wiiiltfamp-airera1t1cing b) Turbulence upper winds amp surface temperature f( Air temperature Turtwlenc~ Upperw~~amp8ir-eraft Icing d) All are correct - -------
-1398 The minimum ri~~te altitude when flying over hilly terrain is shy
1000 feet ~ 2000 feet
c) 500 feet
099 A risk of oollisjon exists if you see a red navigation light of another aircraft
a) On the port side by On the starboard side c) Both poet amp starboard side
400 The controlled airspace in the confluence of ATS routes is called
-J
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
47
a Approach contiol b) Area control c Control areaV
top related